<SPAN name="startofbook"></SPAN>
<p><br/><br/></p>
<h1> RUDDER GRANGE </h1>
<p><br/></p>
<h2> By Frank R. Stockton </h2>
<p><br/></p>
<hr />
<p><br/></p>
<blockquote>
<p><big><b>CONTENTS</b></big></p>
<p><br/> <SPAN href="#link2H_4_0001"> <big><b>RUDDER GRANGE.</b></big> </SPAN>
<br/><br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I. </SPAN> TREATING
OF A NOVEL STYLE OF DWELLING HOUSE. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0002">
CHAPTER II. </SPAN> TREATING OF A NOVEL STYLE OF BOARDER. <br/><br/>
<SPAN href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III. </SPAN> TREATING OF A
NOVEL STYLE OF GIRL. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV.</SPAN> TREATING OF A NOVEL STYLE OF BURGLAR. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V. </SPAN> POMONA PRODUCES A
PARTIAL REVOLUTION IN RUDDER GRANGE. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0006">
CHAPTER VI. </SPAN> THE NEW RUDDER GRANGE. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII. </SPAN> TREATING OF AN
UNSUCCESSFUL BROKER AND A DOG. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0008">
CHAPTER VIII. </SPAN> POMONA ONCE MORE. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX. </SPAN> WE CAMP OUT. <br/><br/>
<SPAN href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X. </SPAN> WET BLANKETS. <br/><br/>
<SPAN href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI. </SPAN> THE BOARDER'S
VISIT. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII. </SPAN> LORD
EDWARD AND THE TREE-MAN. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER
XIII. </SPAN> POMONA'S NOVEL. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0014">
CHAPTER XIV. </SPAN> POMONA TAKES A BRIDAL TRIP. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV. </SPAN> IN WHICH TWO NEW
FRIENDS DISPORT THEMSELVES. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER
XVI. </SPAN> IN WHICH AN OLD FRIEND APPEARS AND THE BRIDAL TRIP
TAKES A <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII. </SPAN> IN
WHICH WE TAKE A VACATION AND LOOK FOR DAVID DUTTON. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII. </SPAN> OUR
TAVERN. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX. </SPAN> THE
BABY AT RUDDER GRANGE. <br/><br/> <SPAN href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX.</SPAN> THE OTHER BABY AT RUDDER GRANGE. <br/><br/></p>
</blockquote>
<p><br/></p>
<hr />
<p><SPAN name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"></SPAN></p>
<h1> RUDDER GRANGE. </h1>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER I. TREATING OF A NOVEL STYLE OF DWELLING HOUSE. </h2>
<p>For some months after our marriage, Euphemia and I boarded. But we did not
like it. Indeed, there was no reason why we should like it. Euphemia said
that she never felt at home except when she was out, which feeling,
indicating such an excessively unphilosophic state of mind, was enough to
make me desire to have a home of my own, where, except upon rare and
exceptional occasions, my wife would never care to go out.</p>
<p>If you should want to rent a house, there are three ways to find one. One
way is to advertise; another is to read the advertisements of other
people. This is a comparatively cheap way. A third method is to apply to
an agent. But none of these plans are worth anything. The proper way is to
know some one who will tell you of a house that will exactly suit you.
Euphemia and I thoroughly investigated this matter, and I know that what I
say is a fact.</p>
<p>We tried all the plans. When we advertised, we had about a dozen admirable
answers, but in these, although everything seemed to suit, the amount of
rent was not named. (None of those in which the rent was named would do at
all.) And when I went to see the owners, or agents of these suitable
houses, they asked much higher rents than those mentioned in the
unavailable answers—and this, notwithstanding the fact that they
always asserted that their terms were either very reasonable or else
greatly reduced on account of the season being advanced. (It was now the
fifteenth of May.)</p>
<p>Euphemia and I once wrote a book,—this was just before we were
married,—in which we told young married people how to go to
housekeeping and how much it would cost them. We knew all about it, for we
had asked several people. Now the prices demanded as yearly rental for
small furnished houses, by the owners and agents of whom I have been
speaking, were, in many cases, more than we had stated a house could be
bought and furnished for!</p>
<p>The advertisements of other people did not serve any better. There was
always something wrong about the houses when we made close inquiries, and
the trouble was generally in regard to the rent. With agents we had a
little better fortune. Euphemia sometimes went with me on my expeditions
to real estate offices, and she remarked that these offices were always in
the basement, or else you had to go up to them in an elevator. There was
nothing between these extremes. And it was a good deal the same way, she
said, with their houses. They were all very low indeed in price and
quality, or else too high.</p>
<p>One trouble was that we wanted a house in a country place, not very far
from the city, and not very far from the railroad station or steamboat
landing. We also wanted the house to be nicely shaded and fully furnished,
and not to be in a malarial neighborhood, or one infested by mosquitoes.</p>
<p>"If we do go to housekeeping," said Euphemia, "we might as well get a
house to suit us while we are about it. Moving is more expensive than a
fire."</p>
<p>There was one man who offered us a house that almost suited us. It was
near the water, had rooms enough, and some—but not very much—ground,
and was very accessible to the city. The rent, too, was quite reasonable.
But the house was unfurnished. The agent, however, did not think that this
would present any obstacle to our taking it. He was sure that the owner
would furnish it if we paid him ten per cent, on the value of the
furniture he put into it. We agreed that if the landlord would do this and
let us furnish the house according to the plans laid down in our book,
that we would take the house. But unfortunately this arrangement did not
suit the landlord, although he was in the habit of furnishing houses for
tenants and charging them ten per cent. on the cost.</p>
<p>I saw him myself and talked to him about it.</p>
<p>"But you see," said he, when I had shown him our list of articles
necessary for the furnishing of a house, "it would not pay me to buy all
these things, and rent them out to you. If you only wanted heavy
furniture, which would last for years, the plan would answer, but you want
everything. I believe the small conveniences you have on this list come to
more money than the furniture and carpets."</p>
<p>"Oh, yes," said I. "We are not so very particular about furniture and
carpets, but these little conveniences are the things that make
housekeeping pleasant, and,—speaking from a common-sense point of
view,—profitable."</p>
<p>"That may be," he answered, "but I can't afford to make matters pleasant
and profitable for you in that way. Now, then, let us look at one or two
particulars. Here, on your list, is an ice-pick: twenty-five cents. Now,
if I buy that ice-pick and rent it to you at two and a-half cents a year,
I shall not get my money back unless it lasts you ten years. And even
then, as it is not probable that I can sell that ice-pick after you have
used it for ten years, I shall have made nothing at all by my bargain. And
there are other things in that list, such as feather-dusters and
lamp-chimneys, that couldn't possibly last ten years. Don't you see my
position?"</p>
<p>I saw it. We did not get that furnished house. Euphemia was greatly
disappointed.</p>
<p>"It would have been just splendid," she said, "to have taken our book and
have ordered all these things at the stores, one after another, without
even being obliged to ask the price."</p>
<p>I had my private doubts in regard to this matter of price. I am afraid
that Euphemia generally set down the lowest price and the best things. She
did not mean to mislead, and her plan certainly made our book attractive.
But it did not work very well in practice. We have a friend who undertook
to furnish her house by our book, and she never could get the things as
cheaply as we had them quoted.</p>
<p>"But you see," said Euphemia, to her, "we had to put them down at very low
prices, because the model house we speak of in the book is to be entirely
furnished for just so much."</p>
<p>But, in spite of this explanation, the lady was not satisfied.</p>
<p>We found ourselves obliged to give up the idea of a furnished house. We
would have taken an unfurnished one and furnished it ourselves, but we had
not money enough. We were dreadfully afraid that we should have to
continue to board.</p>
<p>It was now getting on toward summer, at least there was only a part of a
month of spring left, and whenever I could get off from my business
Euphemia and I made little excursions into the country round about the
city. One afternoon we went up the river, and there we saw a sight that
transfixed us, as it were. On the bank, a mile or so above the city, stood
a canal-boat. I say stood, because it was so firmly imbedded in the ground
by the river-side, that it would have been almost as impossible to move it
as to have turned the Sphinx around. This boat we soon found was inhabited
by an oyster-man and his family. They had lived there for many years and
were really doing quite well. The boat was divided, inside, into rooms,
and these were papered and painted and nicely furnished. There was a
kitchen, a living-room, a parlor and bedrooms. There were all sorts of
conveniences—carpets on the floors, pictures, and everything, at
least so it seemed to us, to make a home comfortable. This was not all
done at once, the oyster-man told me. They had lived there for years and
had gradually added this and that until the place was as we saw it. He had
an oyster-bed out in the river and he made cider in the winter, but where
he got the apples I don't know. There was really no reason why he should
not get rich in time.</p>
<p>Well, we went all over that house and we praised everything so much that
the oyster-man's wife was delighted, and when we had some stewed oysters
afterward,—eating them at a little table under a tree near by,—I
believe that she picked out the very largest oysters she had, to stew for
us. When we had finished our supper and had paid for it, and were going
down to take our little boat again,—for we had rowed up the river,—Euphemia
stopped and looked around her. Then she clasped her hands and exclaimed in
an ecstatic undertone:</p>
<p>"We must have a canal-boat!"</p>
<p>And she never swerved from that determination.</p>
<p>After I had seriously thought over the matter, I could see no good reason
against adopting this plan. It would certainly be a cheap method of
living, and it would really be housekeeping. I grew more and more in favor
of it. After what the oyster-man had done, what might not we do? HE had
never written a book on housekeeping, nor, in all probability, had he
considered the matter, philosophically, for one moment in all his life.</p>
<p>But it was not an easy thing to find a canal-boat. There were none
advertised for rent—at least, not for housekeeping purposes.</p>
<p>We made many inquiries and took many a long walk along the water-courses
in the vicinity of the city, but all in vain. Of course, we talked a great
deal about our project and our friends became greatly interested in it,
and, of course, too, they gave us a great deal of advice, but we didn't
mind that. We were philosophical enough to know that you can't have shad
without bones. They were good friends and, by being careful in regard to
the advice, it didn't interfere with our comfort.</p>
<p>We were beginning to be discouraged, at least Euphemia was. Her
discouragement is like water-cresses, it generally comes up in a very
short time after she sows her wishes. But then it withers away rapidly,
which is a comfort. One evening we were sitting, rather disconsolately, in
our room, and I was reading out the advertisements of country board in a
newspaper, when in rushed Dr. Heare—one of our old friends. He was
so full of something that he had to say that he didn't even ask us how we
were. In fact, he didn't appear to want to know.</p>
<p>"I tell you what it is," said he, "I have found just the very thing you
want."</p>
<p>"A canal-boat?" I cried.</p>
<p>"Yes," said he, "a canal-boat."</p>
<p>"Furnished?" asked Euphemia, her eyes glistening.</p>
<p>"Well, no," answered the doctor, "I don't think you could expect that."</p>
<p>"But we can't live on the bare floor," said Euphemia; "our house MUST be
furnished."</p>
<p>"Well, then, I suppose this won't do," said the doctor, ruefully, "for
there isn't so much as a boot-jack in it. It has most things that are
necessary for a boat, but it hasn't anything that you could call
house-furniture; but, dear me, I should think you could furnish it very
cheaply and comfortably out of your book."</p>
<p>"Very true," said Euphemia, "if we could pick out the cheapest things and
then get some folks to buy a lot of the books."</p>
<p>"We could begin with very little," said I, trying hard to keep calm.</p>
<p>"Certainly," said the doctor, "you need make no more rooms, at first, than
you could furnish."</p>
<p>"Then there are no rooms," said Euphemia.</p>
<p>"No, there is nothing but one vast apartment extending from stem to
stern."</p>
<p>"Won't it be glorious!" said Euphemia to me. "We can first make a kitchen,
and then a dining-room, and a bedroom, and then a parlor—just in the
order in which our book says they ought to be furnished."</p>
<p>"Glorious!" I cried, no longer able to contain my enthusiasm; "I should
think so. Doctor, where is this canal-boat?"</p>
<p>The doctor then went into a detailed statement. The boat was stranded on
the shore of the Scoldsbury river not far below Ginx's. We knew where
Ginx's was, because we had spent a very happy day there, during our
honeymoon.</p>
<p>The boat was a good one, but superannuated. That, however, did not
interfere with its usefulness as a dwelling. We could get it—the
doctor had seen the owner—for a small sum per annum, and here was
positively no end to its capabilities.</p>
<p>We sat up until twenty minutes past two, talking about that house. We
ceased to call it a boat at about a quarter of eleven.</p>
<p>The next day I "took" the boat and paid a month's rent in advance. Three
days afterward we moved into it.</p>
<p>We had not much to move, which was a comfort, looking at it from one point
of view. A carpenter had put up two partitions in it which made three
rooms—a kitchen, a dining-room and a very long bedroom, which was to
be cut up into a parlor, study, spare-room, etc., as soon as circumstances
should allow, or my salary should be raised. Originally, all the doors and
windows were in the roof, so to speak, but our landlord allowed us to make
as many windows to the side of the boat as we pleased, provided we gave
him the wood we cut out. It saved him trouble, he said, but I did not
understand him at the time. Accordingly, the carpenter made several
windows for us, and put in sashes, which opened on hinges like the hasp of
a trunk. Our furniture did not amount to much, at first. The very thought
of living in this independent, romantic way was so delightful, Euphemia
said, that furniture seemed a mere secondary matter.</p>
<p>We were obliged indeed to give up the idea of following the plan detailed
in our book, because we hadn't the sum upon which the furnishing of a
small house was therein based.</p>
<p>"And if we haven't the money," remarked Euphemia, "it would be of no
earthly use to look at the book. It would only make us doubt our own
calculations. You might as well try to make brick without mortar, as the
children of Israel did."</p>
<p>"I could do that myself, my dear," said I, "but we won't discuss that
subject now. We will buy just what we absolutely need, and then work up
from that."</p>
<p>Acting on this plan, we bought first a small stove, because Euphemia said
that we could sleep on the floor, if it were necessary, but we couldn't
make a fire on the floor—at least not often. Then we got a table and
two chairs. The next thing we purchased was some hanging shelves for our
books, and Euphemia suddenly remembered the kitchen things. These, which
were few, with some crockery, nearly brought us to the end of our
resources, but we had enough for a big easy-chair which Euphemia was
determined I should have, because I really needed it when I came home at
night, tired with my long day's work at the office. I had always been used
to an easy-chair, and it was one of her most delightful dreams to see me
in a real nice one, comfortably smoking my pipe in my own house, after
eating my own delicious little supper in company with my own dear wife. We
selected the chair, and then we were about to order the things sent out to
our future home, when I happened to think that we had no bed. I called
Euphemia's attention to the fact.</p>
<p>She was thunderstruck.</p>
<p>"I never thought of that," she said. "We shall have to give up the stove."</p>
<p>"Not at all," said I, "we can't do that. We must give up the easy-chair."</p>
<p>"Oh, that would be too bad," said she. "The house would seem like nothing
to me without the chair!"</p>
<p>"But we must do without it, my dear," said I, "at least for a while. I can
sit out on deck and smoke of an evening, you know."</p>
<p>"Yes," said Euphemia. "You can sit on the bulwarks and I can sit by you.
That will do very well. I'm sure I'm glad the boat has bulwarks."</p>
<p>So we resigned the easy-chair and bought a bedstead and some very plain
bedding. The bedstead was what is sometimes called a "scissors-bed." We
could shut it up when we did not want to sleep in it, and stand it against
the wall.</p>
<p>When we packed up our trunks and left the boarding-house Euphemia fairly
skipped with joy.</p>
<p>We went down to Ginx's in the first boat, having arranged that our
furniture should be sent to us in the afternoon. We wanted to be there to
receive it. The trip was just wildly delirious. The air was charming. The
sun was bright, and I had a whole holiday. When we reached Ginx's we found
that the best way to get our trunks and ourselves to our house was to take
a carriage, and so we took one. I told the driver to drive along the river
road and I would tell him where to stop.</p>
<p>When we reached our boat, and had alighted, I said to the driver:</p>
<p>"You can just put our trunks inside, anywhere."</p>
<p>The man looked at the trunks and then looked at the boat. Afterward he
looked at me.</p>
<p>"That boat ain't goin' anywhere," said he.</p>
<p>"I should think not," said Euphemia. "We shouldn't want to live in it, if
it were."</p>
<p>"You are going to live in it?" said the man.</p>
<p>"Yes," said Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Oh!" said the man, and he took our trunks on board, without another word.</p>
<p>It was not very easy for him to get the trunks into our new home. In fact
it was not easy for us to get there ourselves. There was a gang-plank,
with a rail on one side of it, which inclined from the shore to the deck
of the boat at an angle of forty-five degrees, and when the man had
staggered up this plank with the trunks (Euphemia said I ought to have
helped him, but I really thought that it would be better for one person to
fall off the plank than for two to go over together), and we had paid him,
and he had driven away in a speechless condition, we scrambled up and
stood upon the threshold, or, rather, the after-deck of our home.</p>
<p>It was a proud moment. Euphemia glanced around, her eyes full of happy
tears, and then she took my arm and we went down stairs—at least we
tried to go down in that fashion, but soon found it necessary to go one at
a time. We wandered over the whole extent of our mansion and found that
our carpenter had done his work better than the woman whom we had engaged
to scrub and clean the house. Something akin to despair must have seized
upon her, for Euphemia declared that the floors looked dirtier than on the
occasion of her first visit, when we rented the boat.</p>
<p>But that didn't discourage us. We felt sure that we should get it clean in
time.</p>
<p>Early in the afternoon our furniture arrived, together with the other
things we had bought, and the men who brought them over from the steamboat
landing had the brightest, merriest faces I ever noticed among that class
of people. Euphemia said it was an excellent omen to have such cheerful
fellows come to us on the very first day of our housekeeping.</p>
<p>Then we went to work. I put up the stove, which was not much trouble, as
there was a place all ready in the deck for the stove-pipe to be run
through. Euphemia was somewhat surprised at the absence of a chimney, but
I assured her that boats were very seldom built with chimneys. My dear
little wife bustled about and arranged the pots and kettles on nails that
I drove into the kitchen walls. Then she made the bed in the bed-room and
I hung up a looking-glass and a few little pictures that we had brought in
our trunks.</p>
<p>Before four o'clock our house was in order. Then we began to be very
hungry.</p>
<p>"My dear," said Euphemia, "we ought to have thought to bring something to
cook."</p>
<p>"That is very true," said I, "but I think perhaps we had better walk up to
Ginx's and get our supper to-night. You see we are so tired and hungry."</p>
<p>"What!" cried Euphemia, "go to a hotel the very first day? I think it
would be dreadful! Why, I have been looking forward to this first meal
with the greatest delight. You can go up to the little store by the hotel
and buy some things and I will cook them, and we will have our first dear
little meal here all alone by ourselves, at our own table and in our own
house."</p>
<p>So this was determined upon and, after a hasty counting of the fund I had
reserved for moving and kindred expenses, and which had been sorely
depleted during the day, I set out, and in about an hour returned with my
first marketing.</p>
<p>I made a fire, using a lot of chips and blocks the carpenter had left, and
Euphemia cooked the supper, and we ate it from our little table, with two
large towels for a table-cloth.</p>
<p>It was the most delightful meal I ever ate!</p>
<p>And, when we had finished, Euphemia washed the dishes (the thoughtful
creature had put some water on the stove to heat for the purpose, while we
were at supper) and then we went on deck, or on the piazza, as Euphemia
thought we had better call it, and there we had our smoke. I say WE, for
Euphemia always helps me to smoke by sitting by me, and she seems to enjoy
it as much as I do.</p>
<p>And when the shades of evening began to gather around us, I hauled in the
gang-plank (just like a delightful old draw-bridge, Euphemia said,
although I hope for the sake of our ancestors that draw-bridges were
easier to haul in) and went to bed.</p>
<p>It is lucky we were tired and wanted to go to bed early, for we had
forgotten all about lamps or candles.</p>
<p>For the next week we were two busy and happy people. I rose about
half-past five and made the fire,—we found so much wood on the
shore, that I thought I should not have to add fuel to my expenses,—and
Euphemia cooked the breakfast. I then went to a well belonging to a
cottage near by where we had arranged for water-privileges, and filled two
buckets with delicious water and carried them home for Euphemia's use
through the day. Then I hurried off to catch the train, for, as there was
a station near Ginx's, I ceased to patronize the steamboat, the hours of
which were not convenient. After a day of work and pleasurable
anticipation at the office, I hastened back to my home, generally laden
with a basket of provisions and various household necessities. Milk was
brought to us daily from the above-mentioned cottage by a little toddler
who seemed just able to carry the small tin bucket which held a lacteal
pint. If the urchin had been the child of rich parents, as Euphemia
sometimes observed, he would have been in his nurse's arms—but being
poor, he was scarcely weaned before he began to carry milk around to other
people.</p>
<p>After I reached home came supper and the delightful evening hours, when
over my pipe (I had given up cigars, as being too expensive and
inappropriate, and had taken to a tall pipe and canaster tobacco) we
talked and planned, and told each other our day's experience.</p>
<p>One of our earliest subjects of discussion was the name of our homestead.
Euphemia insisted that it should have a name. I was quite willing, but we
found it no easy matter to select an appropriate title. I proposed a
number of appellations intended to suggest the character of our home.
Among these were: "Safe Ashore," "Firmly Grounded," and some other names
of that style, but Euphemia did not fancy any of them. She wanted a
suitable name, of course, she said, but it must be something that would
SOUND like a house and BE like a boat.</p>
<p>"Partitionville," she objected to, and "Gangplank Terrace," did not suit
her because it suggested convicts going out to work, which naturally was
unpleasant.</p>
<p>At last, after days of talk and cogitation, we named our house "Rudder
Grange."</p>
<p>To be sure, it wasn't exactly a grange, but then it had such an enormous
rudder that the justice of that part of the title seemed to over-balance
any little inaccuracy in the other portion.</p>
<p>But we did not spend all our spare time in talking. An hour or two, every
evening was occupied in what we called "fixing the house," and gradually
the inside of our abode began to look like a conventional dwelling. We put
matting on the floors and cheap but very pretty paper on the walls. We
added now a couple of chairs, and now a table or something for the
kitchen. Frequently, especially of a Sunday, we had company, and our
guests were always charmed with Euphemia's cunning little meals. The dear
girl loved good eating so much that she could scarcely fail to be a good
cook.</p>
<p>We worked hard, and were very happy. And thus the weeks passed on.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER II. TREATING OF A NOVEL STYLE OF BOARDER. </h2>
<p>In this delightful way of living, only one thing troubled us. We didn't
save any money. There were so many little things that we wanted, and so
many little things that were so cheap, that I spent pretty much all I
made, and that was far from the philosophical plan of living that I wished
to follow.</p>
<p>We talked this matter over a great deal after we had lived in our new home
for about a month, and we came at last to the conclusion that we would
take a boarder.</p>
<p>We had no trouble in getting a boarder, for we had a friend, a young man
who was engaged in the flour business, who was very anxious to come and
live with us. He had been to see us two or three times, and had expressed
himself charmed with our household arrangements.</p>
<p>So we made terms with him. The carpenter partitioned off another room, and
our boarder brought his trunk and a large red velvet arm-chair, and took
up his abode at "Rudder Grange."</p>
<p>We liked our boarder very much, but he had some peculiarities. I suppose
everybody has them. Among other things, he was very fond of telling us
what we ought to do. He suggested more improvements in the first three
days of his sojourn with us than I had thought of since we commenced
housekeeping. And what made the matter worse, his suggestions were
generally very good ones. Had it been otherwise I might have borne his
remarks more complacently, but to be continually told what you ought to
do, and to know that you ought to do it, is extremely annoying.</p>
<p>He was very anxious that I should take off the rudder, which was certainly
useless to a boat situated as ours was, and make an ironing-table of it. I
persisted that the laws of symmetrical propriety required that the rudder
should remain where it was—that the very name of our home would be
interfered with by its removal, but he insisted that "Ironing-table
Grange" would be just as good a name, and that symmetrical propriety in
such a case did not amount to a row of pins.</p>
<p>The result was, that we did have the ironing-table, and that Euphemia was
very much pleased with it. A great many other improvements were projected
and carried out by him, and I was very much worried. He made a
flower-garden for Euphemia on the extreme forward-deck, and having
borrowed a wheelbarrow, he wheeled dozens of loads of arable dirt up our
gang-plank and dumped them out on the deck. When he had covered the garden
with a suitable depth of earth, he smoothed it off and then planted
flower-seeds. It was rather late in the season, but most of them came up.
I was pleased with the garden, but sorry I had not made it myself.</p>
<p>One afternoon I got away from the office considerably earlier than usual,
and I hurried home to enjoy the short period of daylight that I should
have before supper. It had been raining the day before, and as the bottom
of our garden leaked so that earthy water trickled down at one end of our
bed-room, I intended to devote a short time to stuffing up the cracks in
the ceiling or bottom of the deck—whichever seems the most
appropriate.</p>
<p>But when I reached a bend in the river road, whence I always had the
earliest view of my establishment, I did not have that view. I hurried on.
The nearer I approached the place where I lived, the more horror-stricken
I became. There was no mistaking the fact.</p>
<p>The boat was not there!</p>
<p>In an instant the truth flashed upon me.</p>
<p>The water was very high—the rain had swollen the river—my
house had floated away!</p>
<p>It was Wednesday. On Wednesday afternoons our boarder came home early.</p>
<p>I clapped my hat tightly on my head and ground my teeth.</p>
<p>"Confound that boarder!" I thought. "He has been fooling with the anchor.
He always said it was of no use, and taking advantage of my absence, he
has hauled it up, and has floated away, and has gone—gone with my
wife and my home!"</p>
<p>Euphemia and "Rudder Grange" had gone off together—where I knew not,—and
with them that horrible suggester!</p>
<p>I ran wildly along the bank. I called aloud, I shouted and hailed each
passing craft—of which there were only two—but their crews
must have been very inattentive to the woes of landsmen, or else they did
not hear me, for they paid no attention to my cries.</p>
<p>I met a fellow with an axe on his shoulder. I shouted to him before I
reached him:</p>
<p>"Hello! did you see a boat—a house, I mean,—floating up the
river?"</p>
<p>"A boat-house?" asked the man.</p>
<p>"No, a house-boat," I gasped.</p>
<p>"Didn't see nuthin' like it," said the man, and he passed on, to his wife
and home, no doubt. But me! Oh, where was my wife and my home?</p>
<p>I met several people, but none of them had seen a fugitive canal-boat.</p>
<p>How many thoughts came into my brain as I ran along that river road! If
that wretched boarder had not taken the rudder for an ironing table he
might have steered in shore! Again and again I confounded—as far as
mental ejaculations could do it—his suggestions.</p>
<p>I was rapidly becoming frantic when I met a person who hailed me.</p>
<p>"Hello!" he said, "are you after a canal-boat adrift?"</p>
<p>"Yes," I panted.</p>
<p>"I thought you was," he said. "You looked that way. Well, I can tell you
where she is. She's stuck fast in the reeds at the lower end o' Peter's
Pint."</p>
<p>"Where's that?" said I.</p>
<p>"Oh, it's about a mile furder up. I seed her a-driftin' up with the tide—big
flood tide, to-day—and I thought I'd see somebody after her, afore
long. Anything aboard?"</p>
<p>Anything!</p>
<p>I could not answer the man. Anything, indeed! I hurried on up the river
without a word. Was the boat a wreck? I scarcely dared to think of it. I
scarcely dared to think at all.</p>
<p>The man called after me and I stopped. I could but stop, no matter what I
might hear.</p>
<p>"Hello, mister," he said, "got any tobacco?"</p>
<p>I walked up to him. I took hold of him by the lapel of his coat. It was a
dirty lapel, as I remember even now, but I didn't mind that.</p>
<p>"Look here," said I. "Tell me the truth, I can bear it. Was that vessel
wrecked?"</p>
<p>The man looked at me a little queerly. I could not exactly interpret his
expression.</p>
<p>"You're sure you kin bear it?" said he.</p>
<p>"Yes," said I, my hand trembling as I held his coat.</p>
<p>"Well, then," said he, "it's mor'n I kin," and he jerked his coat out of
my hand, and sprang away. When he reached the other side of the road, he
turned and shouted at me, as though I had been deaf.</p>
<p>"Do you know what I think?" he yelled. "I think you're a darned lunatic,"
and with that he went his way.</p>
<p>I hastened on to Peter's Point. Long before I reached it, I saw the boat.</p>
<p>It was apparently deserted. But still I pressed on. I must know the worst.
When I reached the Point, I found that the boat had run aground, with her
head in among the long reeds and mud, and the rest of her hull lying at an
angle from the shore.</p>
<p>There was consequently no way for me to get on board, but to wade through
the mud and reeds to her bow, and then climb up as well as I could.</p>
<p>This I did, but it was not easy to do. Twice I sank above my knees in mud
and water, and had it not been for reeds, masses of which I frequently
clutched when I thought I was going over, I believe I should have fallen
down and come to my death in that horrible marsh. When I reached the boat,
I stood up to my hips in water and saw no way of climbing up. The
gang-plank had undoubtedly floated away, and if it had not, it would have
been of no use to me in my position.</p>
<p>But I was desperate. I clasped the post that they put in the bow of
canal-boats; I stuck my toes and my finger-nails in the cracks between the
boards—how glad I was that the boat was an old one and had cracks!—and
so, painfully and slowly, slipping part way down once or twice, and
besliming myself from chin to foot, I climbed up that post and scrambled
upon deck. In an instant, I reached the top of the stairs, and in another
instant I rushed below.</p>
<p>There sat my wife and our boarder, one on each side of the dining-room
table, complacently playing checkers!</p>
<p>My sudden entrance startled them. My appearance startled them still more.</p>
<p>Euphemia sprang to her feet and tottered toward me.</p>
<p>"Mercy!" she exclaimed; "has anything happened?"</p>
<p>"Happened!" I gasped.</p>
<p>"Look here," cried the boarder, clutching me by the arm, "what a condition
you're in. Did you fall in?"</p>
<p>"Fall in!" said I.</p>
<p>Euphemia and the boarder looked at each other. I looked at them. Then I
opened my mouth in earnest.</p>
<p>"I suppose you don't know," I yelled, "that you have drifted away!"</p>
<p>"By George!" cried the boarder, and in two bounds he was on deck.</p>
<p>Dirty as I was, Euphemia fell into my arms. I told her all. She hadn't
known a bit of it!</p>
<p>The boat had so gently drifted off, and had so gently grounded among the
reeds, that the voyage had never so much as disturbed their games of
checkers.</p>
<p>"He plays such a splendid game," Euphemia sobbed, "and just as you came, I
thought I was going to beat him. I had two kings and two pieces on the
next to last row, and you are nearly drowned. You'll get your death of
cold—and—and he had only one king."</p>
<p>She led me away and I undressed and washed myself and put on my Sunday
clothes.</p>
<p>When I reappeared I went out on deck with Euphemia. The boarder was there,
standing by the petunia bed. His arms were folded and he was thinking
profoundly. As we approached, he turned toward us.</p>
<p>"You were right about that anchor," he said, "I should not have hauled it
in; but it was such a little anchor that I thought it would be of more use
on board as a garden hoe."</p>
<p>"A very little anchor will sometimes do very well," said I, cuttingly,
"when it is hooked around a tree."</p>
<p>"Yes, there is something in that," said he.</p>
<p>It was now growing late, and as our agitation subsided we began to be
hungry. Fortunately, we had everything necessary on board, and, as it
really didn't make any difference in our household economy, where we
happened to be located, we had supper quite as usual. In fact, the kettle
had been put on to boil during the checker-playing.</p>
<p>After supper, we went on deck to smoke, as was our custom, but there was a
certain coolness between me and our boarder.</p>
<p>Early the next morning I arose and went upstairs to consider what had
better be done, when I saw the boarder standing on shore, near by.</p>
<p>"Hello!" he cried, "the tide's down and I got ashore without any trouble.
You stay where you are. I've hired a couple of mules to tow the boat back.
They'll be here when the tide rises. And, hello! I've found the
gang-plank. It floated ashore about a quarter of a mile below here."</p>
<p>In the course of the afternoon the mules and two men with a long rope
appeared, and we were then towed back to where we belonged.</p>
<p>And we are there yet. Our boarder remains with us, as the weather is still
fine, and the coolness between us is gradually diminishing. But the boat
is moored at both ends, and twice a day I look to see if the ropes are all
right.</p>
<p>The petunias are growing beautifully, but the geraniums do not seem to
flourish. Perhaps there is not a sufficient depth of earth for them.
Several times our boarder has appeared to be on the point of suggesting
something in regard to them, but, for some reason or other, he says
nothing.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER III. TREATING OF A NOVEL STYLE OF GIRL. </h2>
<p>One afternoon, as I was hurrying down Broadway to catch the five o'clock
train, I met Waterford. He is an old friend of mine, and I used to like
him pretty well.</p>
<p>"Hello!" said he, "where are you going?"</p>
<p>"Home," I answered.</p>
<p>"Is that so?" said he. "I didn't know you had one."</p>
<p>I was a little nettled at this, and so I said, somewhat brusquely perhaps:</p>
<p>"But you must have known I lived somewhere."</p>
<p>"Oh, yes! But I thought you boarded," said he. "I had no idea that you had
a home."</p>
<p>"But I have one, and a very pleasant home, too. You must excuse me for not
stopping longer, as I must catch my train."</p>
<p>"Oh! I'll walk along with you," said Waterford, and so we went down the
street together.</p>
<p>"Where is your little house?" he asked.</p>
<p>Why in the world he thought it was a little house I could not at the time
imagine, unless he supposed that two people would not require a large one.
But I know, now, that he lived in a very little house himself.</p>
<p>But it was of no use getting angry with Waterford, especially as I saw he
intended walking all the way down to the ferry with me, so I told him I
didn't live in any house at all.</p>
<p>"Why, where DO you live?" he exclaimed, stopping short.</p>
<p>"I live in a boat," said I.</p>
<p>"A boat! A sort of 'Rob Roy' arrangement, I suppose. Well, I would not
have thought that of you. And your wife, I suppose, has gone home to her
people?"</p>
<p>"She has done nothing of the kind," I answered. "She lives with me, and
she likes it very much. We are extremely comfortable, and our boat is not
a canoe, or any such nonsensical affair. It is a large, commodious
canal-boat."</p>
<p>Waterford turned around and looked at me.</p>
<p>"Are you a deck-hand?" he asked.</p>
<p>"Deck-grandmother!" I exclaimed.</p>
<p>"Well, you needn't get mad about it," he said. "I didn't mean to hurt your
feelings; but I couldn't see what else you could be on a canal-boat. I
don't suppose, for instance, that you're captain."</p>
<p>"But I am," said I.</p>
<p>"Look here!" said Waterford; "this is coming it rather strong, isn't it?"</p>
<p>As I saw he was getting angry, I told him all about it,—told him how
we had hired a stranded canal-boat and had fitted it up as a house, and
how we lived so cosily in it, and had called it "Rudder Grange," and how
we had taken a boarder.</p>
<p>"Well!" said he, "this is certainly surprising. I'm coming out to see you
some day. It will be better than going to Barnum's."</p>
<p>I told him—it is the way of society—that we would be glad to
see him, and we parted. Waterford never did come to see us, and I merely
mention this incident to show how some of our friends talked about Rudder
Grange, when they first heard that we lived there.</p>
<p>After dinner that evening, when I went up on deck with Euphemia to have my
smoke, we saw the boarder sitting on the bulwarks near the garden, with
his legs dangling down outside.</p>
<p>"Look here!" said he.</p>
<p>I looked, but there was nothing unusual to see.</p>
<p>"What is it?" I asked.</p>
<p>He turned around and seeing Euphemia, said:</p>
<p>"Nothing."</p>
<p>It would be a very stupid person who could not take such a hint as that,
and so, after a walk around the garden, Euphemia took occasion to go below
to look at the kitchen fire.</p>
<p>As soon as she had gone, the boarder turned to me and said:</p>
<p>"I'll tell you what it is. She's working herself sick."</p>
<p>"Sick?" said I. "Nonsense!"</p>
<p>"No nonsense about it," he replied.</p>
<p>The truth was, that the boarder was right and I was wrong. We had spent
several months at Rudder Grange, and during this time Euphemia had been
working very hard, and she really did begin to look pale and thin. Indeed,
it would be very wearying for any woman of culture and refinement, unused
to house-work, to cook and care for two men, and to do all the work of a
canal-boat besides.</p>
<p>But I saw Euphemia so constantly, and thought so much of her, and had her
image so continually in my heart, that I did not notice this until our
boarder now called my attention to it. I was sorry that he had to do it.</p>
<p>"If I were in your place," said he, "I would get her a servant."</p>
<p>"If you were in my place," I replied, somewhat cuttingly, "you would
probably suggest a lot of little things which would make everything very
easy for her."</p>
<p>"I'd try to," he answered, without getting in the least angry.</p>
<p>Although I felt annoyed that he had suggested it, still I made up my mind
that Euphemia must have a servant.</p>
<p>She agreed quite readily when I proposed the plan, and she urged me to go
and see the carpenter that very day, and get him to come and partition off
a little room for the girl.</p>
<p>It was some time, of course, before the room was made (for who ever heard
of a carpenter coming at the very time he was wanted?) and, when it was
finished, Euphemia occupied all her spare moments in getting it in nice
order for the servant when she should come. I thought she was taking too
much trouble, but she had her own ideas about such things.</p>
<p>"If a girl is lodged like a pig, you must expect her to behave like a pig,
and I don't want that kind."</p>
<p>So she put up pretty curtains at the girl's window, and with a box that
she stood on end, and some old muslin and a lot of tacks, she made a
toilet-table so neat and convenient that I thought she ought to take it
into our room and give the servant our wash-stand.</p>
<p>But all this time we had no girl, and as I had made up my mind about the
matter, I naturally grew impatient, and at last I determined to go and get
a girl myself.</p>
<p>So, one day at lunch-time, I went to an intelligence office in the city.
There I found a large room on the second floor, and some ladies, and one
or two men, sitting about, and a small room, back of it, crowded with
girls from eighteen to sixty-eight years old. There were also girls upon
the stairs, and girls in the hall below, besides some girls standing on
the sidewalk before the door.</p>
<p>When I made known my business and had paid my fee, one of the several
proprietors who were wandering about the front room went into the back
apartment and soon returned with a tall Irishwoman with a bony
weather-beaten face and a large weather-beaten shawl. This woman was told
to take a chair by my side. Down sat the huge creature and stared at me. I
did not feel very easy under her scrutinizing gaze, but I bore it as best
I could, and immediately began to ask her all the appropriate questions
that I could think of. Some she answered satisfactorily, and some she
didn't answer at all; but as soon as I made a pause, she began to put
questions herself.</p>
<p>"How many servants do you kape?" she asked.</p>
<p>I answered that we intended to get along with one, and if she understood
her business, I thought she would find her work very easy, and the place a
good one.</p>
<p>She turned sharp upon me and said:</p>
<p>"Have ye stationary wash-tubs?"</p>
<p>I hesitated. I knew our wash-tubs were not stationary, for I had helped to
carry them about. But they might be screwed fast and made stationary if
that was an important object. But, before making this answer, I thought of
the great conveniences for washing presented by our residence, surrounded
as it was, at high tide, by water.</p>
<p>"Why, we live in a stationary wash-tub," I said, smiling.</p>
<p>The woman looked at me steadfastly for a minute, and then she rose to her
feet. Then she called out, as if she were crying fish or strawberries:</p>
<p>"Mrs. Blaine!"</p>
<p>The female keeper of the intelligence office, and the male keeper, and a
thin clerk, and all the women in the back room, and all the patrons in the
front room, jumped up and gathered around us.</p>
<p>Astonished and somewhat disconcerted, I rose to my feet and confronted the
tall Irishwoman, and stood smiling in an uncertain sort of a way, as if it
were all very funny; but I couldn't see the point. I think I must have
impressed the people with the idea that I wished I hadn't come.</p>
<p>"He says," exclaimed the woman, as if some other huckster were crying fish
on the other side of the street—"he says he lives in a wash-toob."</p>
<p>"He's crazy!" ejaculated Mrs. Blaine, with an air that indicated
"policeman" as plainly as if she had put her thought into words.</p>
<p>A low murmur ran through the crowd of women, while the thin clerk edged
toward the door.</p>
<p>I saw there was no time to lose. I stepped back a little from the tall
savage, who was breathing like a hot-air engine in front of me, and made
my explanations to the company. I told the tale of "Rudder Grange," and
showed them how it was like to a stationary wash-tub—at certain
stages of the tide.</p>
<p>I was listened to with great attention. When I had finished, the tall
woman turned around and faced the assemblage.</p>
<p>"An' he wants a cook to make soup! In a canal-boat!" said she, and off she
marched into the back-room, followed closely by all the other women.</p>
<p>"I don't think we have any one here who would suit you," said Mrs. Blaine.</p>
<p>I didn't think so either. What on earth would Euphemia have done with that
volcanic Irishwoman in her little kitchen! I took up my hat and bade Mrs.
Blaine good morning.</p>
<p>"Good morning," said she, with a distressing smile.</p>
<p>She had one of those mouths that look exactly like a gash in the face.</p>
<p>I went home without a girl. In a day or two Euphemia came to town and got
one. Apparently she got her without any trouble, but I am not sure.</p>
<p>She went to a "Home"—Saint Somebody's Home—a place where they
keep orphans to let, so to speak. Here Euphemia selected a light-haired,
medium-sized orphan, and brought her home.</p>
<p>The girl's name was Pomona. Whether or not her parents gave her this name
is doubtful. At any rate, she did not seem quite decided in her mind about
it herself, for she had not been with us more than two weeks before she
expressed a desire to be called Clare. This longing of her heart, however,
was denied her. So Euphemia, who was always correct, called her Pomona. I
did the same whenever I could think not to say Bologna—which seemed
to come very pat for some reason or other.</p>
<p>As for the boarder, he generally called her Altoona, connecting her in
some way with the process of stopping for refreshments, in which she was
an adept.</p>
<p>She was an earnest, hearty girl. She was always in a good humor, and when
I asked her to do anything, she assented in a bright, cheerful way, and in
a loud tone full of good-fellowship, as though she would say:</p>
<p>"Certainly, my high old cock! To be sure I will. Don't worry about it—give
your mind no more uneasiness on that subject. I'll bring the hot water."</p>
<p>She did not know very much, but she was delighted to learn, and she was
very strong. Whatever Euphemia told her to do, she did instantly with a
bang. What pleased her better than anything else was to run up and down
the gang-plank, carrying buckets of water to water the garden. She
delighted in out-door work, and sometimes dug so vigorously in our garden
that she brought up pieces of the deck-planking with every shovelful.</p>
<p>Our boarder took the greatest interest in her, and sometimes watched her
movements so intently that he let his pipe go out.</p>
<p>"What a whacking girl that would be to tread out grapes in the vineyards
of Italy! She'd make wine cheap," he once remarked.</p>
<p>"Then I'm glad she isn't there," said Euphemia, "for wine oughtn't to be
cheap."</p>
<p>Euphemia was a thorough little temperance woman.</p>
<p>The one thing about Pomona that troubled me more than anything else was
her taste for literature. It was not literature to which I objected, but
her very peculiar taste. She would read in the kitchen every night after
she had washed the dishes, but if she had not read aloud, it would not
have made so much difference to me. But I am naturally very sensitive to
external impressions, and I do not like the company of people who, like
our girl, cannot read without pronouncing in a measured and distinct voice
every word of what they are reading. And when the matter thus read appeals
to one's every sentiment of aversion, and there is no way of escaping it,
the case is hard indeed.</p>
<p>From the first, I felt inclined to order Pomona, if she could not attain
the power of silent perusal, to cease from reading altogether; but
Euphemia would not hear to this.</p>
<p>"Poor thing!" said she; "it would be cruel to take from her her only
recreation. And she says she can't read any other way. You needn't listen
if you don't want to."</p>
<p>That was all very well in an abstract point of view; but the fact was,
that in practice, the more I didn't want to listen, the more I heard.</p>
<p>As the evenings were often cool, we sat in our dining-room, and the
partition between this room and the kitchen seemed to have no influence
whatever in arresting sound. So that when I was trying to read or to
reflect, it was by no means exhilarating to my mind to hear from the next
room that:</p>
<p>"The la dy ce sel i a now si zed the weep on and all though the boor ly
vil ly an re tain ed his vy gor ous hold she drew the blade through his
fin gers and hoorl ed it far be hind her dryp ping with jore."</p>
<p>This sort of thing, kept up for an hour or so at a time, used to drive me
nearly wild. But Euphemia did not mind it. I believe that she had so
delicate a sense of what was proper, that she did not hear Pomona's
private readings.</p>
<p>On one occasion, even Euphemia's influence could scarcely restrain me from
violent interference.</p>
<p>It was our boarder's night out (when he was detained in town by his
business), and Pomona was sitting up to let him in. This was necessary,
for our front-door (or main-hatchway) had no night-latch, but was fastened
by means of a bolt. Euphemia and I used to sit up for him, but that was
earlier in the season, when it was pleasant to be out on deck until quite
a late hour. But Pomona never objected to sitting (or getting) up late,
and so we allowed this weekly duty to devolve on her.</p>
<p>On this particular night I was very tired and sleepy, and soon after I got
into bed I dropped into a delightful slumber. But it was not long before I
was awakened by the fact that:</p>
<p>"Sa rah did not fl inch but gras ped the heat ed i ron in her un in jur ed
hand and when the ra bid an i mal a proach ed she thr ust the lur id po
ker in his—"</p>
<p>"My conscience!" said I to Euphemia, "can't that girl be stopped?"</p>
<p>"You wouldn't have her sit there and do nothing, would you?" said she.</p>
<p>"No; but she needn't read out that way."</p>
<p>"She can't read any other way," said Euphemia, drowsily.</p>
<p>"Yell af ter yell res oun ded as he wil dly spr rang—"</p>
<p>"I can't stand that, and I won't," said I. "Why don't she go into the
kitchen?—the dining-room's no place for her."</p>
<p>"She must not sit there," said Euphemia. "There's a window-pane out. Can't
you cover up your head?"</p>
<p>"I shall not be able to breathe if I do; but I suppose that's no matter,"
I replied.</p>
<p>The reading continued.</p>
<p>"Ha, ha! Lord Mar mont thun der ed thou too shalt suf fer all that this
poor—"</p>
<p>I sprang out of bed.</p>
<p>Euphemia thought I was going for my pistol, and she gave one bound and
stuck her head out of the door.</p>
<p>"Pomona, fly!" she cried.</p>
<p>"Yes, sma'am," said Pomona; and she got up and flew—not very fast, I
imagine. Where she flew to I don't know, but she took the lamp with her,
and I could hear distant syllables of agony and blood, until the boarder
came home and Pomona went to bed.</p>
<p>I think that this made an impression upon Euphemia, for, although she did
not speak to me upon the subject (or any other) that night, the next time
I heard Pomona reading, the words ran somewhat thus:</p>
<p>"The as ton ish ing che ap ness of land is ac count ed for by the want of
home mar kets, of good ro ads and che ap me ans of trans por ta ti on in
ma ny sec ti ons of the State."</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER IV. TREATING OF A NOVEL STYLE OF BURGLAR. </h2>
<p>I have spoken of my pistol. During the early part of our residence at
Rudder Grange I never thought of such a thing as owning a pistol.</p>
<p>But it was different now. I kept a Colt's revolver loaded in the bureau
drawer in our bedroom.</p>
<p>The cause of this change was burglars. Not that any of these unpleasant
persons had visited us, but we much feared they would. Several houses in
the vicinity had been entered during the past month, and we could never
tell when our turn would come.</p>
<p>To be sure, our boarder suggested that if we were to anchor out a little
further at night, no burglar would risk catching his death of cold by
swimming out to us; but Euphemia having replied that it would be rather
difficult to move a canal-boat every night without paddle-wheels, or
sails, or mules, especially if it were aground, this plan was considered
to be effectually disposed of.</p>
<p>So we made up our minds that we must fasten up everything very securely,
and I bought a pistol and two burglar-alarms. One of these I affixed to
the most exposed window, and the other to the door which opened on the
deck. These alarms were very simple affairs, but they were good enough.
When they were properly attached to a window or door, and it was opened, a
little gong sounded like a violently deranged clock, striking all the
hours of the day at once.</p>
<p>The window did not trouble us much, but it was rather irksome to have to
make the attachment to the door every night and to take it off every
morning. However, as Euphemia said, it was better to take a little trouble
than to have the house full of burglars, which was true enough.</p>
<p>We made all the necessary arrangements in case burglars should make an
inroad upon us. At the first sound of the alarm, Euphemia and the girl
were to lie flat on the floor or get under their beds. Then the boarder
and I were to stand up, back to back, each with pistol in hand, and fire
away, revolving on a common centre the while. In this way, by aiming
horizontally at about four feet from the floor, we could rake the
premises, and run no risk of shooting each other or the women of the
family.</p>
<p>To be sure, there were some slight objections to this plan. The boarder's
room was at some distance from ours, and he would probably not hear the
alarm, and the burglars might not be willing to wait while I went forward
and roused him up, and brought him to our part of the house. But this was
a minor difficulty. I had no doubt but that, if it should be necessary, I
could manage to get our boarder into position in plenty of time.</p>
<p>It was not very long before there was an opportunity of testing the plan.</p>
<p>About twelve o'clock one night one of the alarms (that on the kitchen
window) went off with a whirr and a wild succession of clangs. For a
moment I thought the morning train had arrived, and then I woke up.
Euphemia was already under the bed.</p>
<p>I hurried on a few clothes, and then I tried to find the bureau in the
dark. This was not easy, as I lost my bearings entirely. But I found it at
last, got the top drawer open and took out my pistol. Then I slipped out
of the room, hurried up the stairs, opened the door (setting off the alarm
there, by the way), and ran along the deck (there was a cold night wind),
and hastily descended the steep steps that led into the boarder's room.
The door that was at the bottom of the steps was not fastened, and, as I
opened it, a little stray moonlight illumed the room. I hastily stepped to
the bed and shook the boarder by the shoulder. He kept HIS pistol under
his pillow.</p>
<p>In an instant he was on his feet, his hand grasped my throat, and the cold
muzzle of his Derringer pistol was at my forehead. It was an awfully big
muzzle, like the mouth of a bottle.</p>
<p>I don't know when I lived so long as during the first minute that he held
me thus.</p>
<p>"Rascal!" he said. "Do as much as breathe, and I'll pull the trigger."</p>
<p>I didn't breathe.</p>
<p>I had an accident insurance on my life. Would it hold good in a case like
this? Or would Euphemia have to go back to her father?</p>
<p>He pushed me back into the little patch of moonlight.</p>
<p>"Oh! is it you?" he said, relaxing his grasp. "What do you want? A mustard
plaster?"</p>
<p>He had a package of patent plasters in his room. You took one and dipped
it in hot water, and it was all ready.</p>
<p>"No," said I, gasping a little. "Burglars."</p>
<p>"Oh!" he said, and he put down his pistol and put on his clothes.</p>
<p>"Come along," he said, and away we went over the deck.</p>
<p>When we reached the stairs all was dark and quiet below.</p>
<p>It was a matter of hesitancy as to going down.</p>
<p>I started to go down first, but the boarder held me back.</p>
<p>"Let me go down," he said.</p>
<p>"No," said I, "my wife is there."</p>
<p>"That's the very reason you should not go," he said. "She is safe enough
yet, and they would fire only at a man. It would be a bad job for her if
you were killed. I'll go down."</p>
<p>So he went down, slowly and cautiously, his pistol in one hand, and his
life in the other, as it were.</p>
<p>When he reached the bottom of the steps I changed my mind. I could not
remain above while the burglar and Euphemia were below, so I followed.</p>
<p>The boarder was standing in the middle of the dining-room, into which the
stairs led. I could not see him, but I put my hand against him as I was
feeling my way across the floor.</p>
<p>I whispered to him:</p>
<p>"Shall we put our backs together and revolve and fire?"</p>
<p>"No," he whispered back, "not now; he may be on a shelf by this time, or
under a table. Let's look him up."</p>
<p>I confess that I was not very anxious to look him up, but I followed the
boarder, as he slowly made his way toward the kitchen door. As we opened
the door we instinctively stopped.</p>
<p>The window was open, and by the light of the moon that shone in, we saw
the rascal standing on a chair, leaning out of the window, evidently just
ready to escape. Fortunately, we were unheard.</p>
<p>"Let's pull him in," whispered the boarder.</p>
<p>"No," I whispered in reply. "We don't want him in. Let's hoist him out."</p>
<p>"All right," returned the boarder.</p>
<p>We laid our pistols on the floor, and softly approached the window. Being
barefooted, out steps were noiseless.</p>
<p>"Hoist when I count three," breathed the boarder into my ear.</p>
<p>We reached the chair. Each of us took hold of two of its legs.</p>
<p>"One—two—three!" said the boarder, and together we gave a
tremendous lift and shot the wretch out of the window.</p>
<p>The tide was high, and there was a good deal of water around the boat. We
heard a rousing splash outside.</p>
<p>Now there was no need of silence.</p>
<p>"Shall we run on deck and shoot him as he swims?" I cried.</p>
<p>"No," said the boarder, "we'll get the boat-hook, and jab him if he tries
to climb up."</p>
<p>We rushed on deck. I seized the boat-hook and looked over the side. But I
saw no one.</p>
<p>"He's gone to the bottom!" I exclaimed.</p>
<p>"He didn't go very far then," said the boarder, "for it's not more than
two feet deep there."</p>
<p>Just then our attention was attracted by a voice from the shore.</p>
<p>"Will you please let down the gang-plank?" We looked ashore, and there
stood Pomona, dripping from every pore.</p>
<p>We spoke no words, but lowered the gangplank.</p>
<p>She came aboard.</p>
<p>"Good night!" said the boarder, and he went to bed.</p>
<p>"Pomona!" said I, "what have you been doing?"</p>
<p>"I was a lookin' at the moon, sir, when pop! the chair bounced, and out I
went."</p>
<p>"You shouldn't do that," I said, sternly.</p>
<p>"Some day you'll be drowned. Take off your wet things and go to bed."</p>
<p>"Yes, sma'am—sir, I mean," said she, as she went down-stairs.</p>
<p>When I reached my room I lighted the lamp, and found Euphemia still under
the bed.</p>
<p>"Is it all right?" she asked.</p>
<p>"Yes," I answered. "There was no burglar. Pomona fell out of the window."</p>
<p>"Did you get her a plaster?" asked Euphemia, drowsily.</p>
<p>"No, she did not need one. She's all right now. Were you worried about me,
dear?"</p>
<p>"No, I trusted in you entirely, and I think I dozed a little under the
bed."</p>
<p>In one minute she was asleep.</p>
<p>The boarder and I did not make this matter a subject of conversation
afterward, but Euphemia gave the girl a lecture on her careless ways, and
made her take several Dover's powders the next day.</p>
<p>An important fact in domestic economy was discovered about this time by
Euphemia and myself. Perhaps we were not the first to discover it, but we
certainly did find it out,—and this fact was, that housekeeping
costs money. At the end of every week we counted up our expenditures—it
was no trouble at all to count up our receipts—and every week the
result was more unsatisfactory.</p>
<p>"If we could only get rid of the disagreeable balance that has to be taken
along all the time, and which gets bigger and bigger like a snow-ball, I
think we would find the accounts more satisfactory," said Euphemia.</p>
<p>This was on a Saturday night. We always got our pencils and paper and
money at the end of the week.</p>
<p>"Yes," said I, with an attempt to appear facetious and unconcerned, "but
it would be all well enough if we could take that snow-ball to the fire
and melt it down."</p>
<p>"But there never is any fire where there are snow-balls," said Euphemia.</p>
<p>"No," said I, "and that's just the trouble."</p>
<p>It was on the following Thursday, when I came home in the evening, that
Euphemia met me with a glowing face. It rather surprised me to see her
look so happy, for she had been very quiet and preoccupied for the first
part of the week. So much so, indeed, that I had thought of ordering
smaller roasts for a week or two, and taking her to a Thomas Concert with
the money saved. But this evening she looked as if she did not need
Thomas's orchestra.</p>
<p>"What makes you so bright, my dear?" said I, when I had greeted her. "Has
anything jolly happened?"</p>
<p>"No," said she; "nothing yet, but I am going to make a fire to melt
snow-balls."</p>
<p>Of course I was very anxious to know how she was going to do it, but she
would not tell me. It was a plan that she intended to keep to herself
until she saw how it worked. I did not press her, because she had so few
secrets, and I did not hear anything about this plan until it had been
carried out.</p>
<p>Her scheme was as follows: After thinking over our financial condition and
puzzling her brain to find out some way of bettering it, she had come to
the conclusion that she would make some money by her own exertions, to
help defray our household expenses. She never had made any money, but that
was no reason why she should not begin. It was too bad that I should have
to toil and toil and not make nearly enough money after all. So she would
go to work and earn something with her own hands.</p>
<p>She had heard of an establishment in the city, where ladies of limited
means, or transiently impecunious, could, in a very quiet and private way,
get sewing to do. They could thus provide for their needs without any one
but the officers of the institution knowing anything about it.</p>
<p>So Euphemia went to this place, and she got some work. It was not a very
large bundle, but it was larger than she had been accustomed to carry,
and, what was perfectly dreadful, it was wrapped up in a newspaper! When
Euphemia told me the story, she said that this was too much for her
courage. She could not go on the cars, and perhaps meet people belonging
to our church, with a newspaper bundle under her arm.</p>
<p>But her genius for expedients saved her from this humiliation. She had to
purchase some sewing-cotton, and some other little things, and when she
had bought them, she handed her bundle to the woman behind the counter,
and asked her if she would not be so good as to have that wrapped up with
the other things. It was a good deal to ask, she knew, and the woman
smiled, for the articles she had bought would not make a package as large
as her hand. However, her request was complied with, and she took away a
very decent package, with the card of the store stamped on the outside. I
suppose that there are not more than half a dozen people in this country
who would refuse Euphemia anything that she would be willing to ask for.</p>
<p>So she took the work home, and she labored faithfully at it for about a
week, She did not suppose it would take her so long; but she was not used
to such very plain sewing, and was much afraid that she would not do it
neatly enough. Besides this, she could only work on it in the daytime—when
I was away—and was, of course, interrupted a great deal by her
ordinary household duties, and the necessity of a careful oversight of
Pomona's somewhat erratic methods of doing her work.</p>
<p>But at last she finished the job and took it into the city. She did not
want to spend any more money on the trip than was absolutely necessary,
and so was very glad to find that she had a remnant of pocket-money
sufficient to pay her fare both ways.</p>
<p>When she reached the city, she walked up to the place where her work was
to be delivered, and found it much farther when she went on foot than it
had seemed to her riding in the street cars. She handed over her bundle to
the proper person, and, as it was soon examined and approved, she received
her pay therefor.</p>
<p>It amounted to sixty cents. She had made no bargain, but she was a little
astonished. However, she said nothing, but left the place without asking
for any more work. In fact she forgot all about it. She had an idea that
everything was all wrong, and that idea engrossed her mind entirely. There
was no mistake about the sum paid, for the lady clerk had referred to the
printed table of prices when she calculated the amount due. But something
was wrong, and, at the moment, Euphemia could not tell what it was. She
left the place, and started to walk back to the ferry. But she was so
tired and weak, and hungry—it was now an hour or two past her
regular luncheon time—that she thought she should faint if she did
not go somewhere and get some refreshments.</p>
<p>So, like a sensible little woman as she was, she went into a restaurant.
She sat down at a table, and a waiter came to her to see what she would
have. She was not accustomed to eating-houses, and perhaps this was the
first time that she had ever visited one alone. What she wanted was
something simple. So she ordered a cup of tea and some rolls, and a piece
of chicken. The meal was a very good one, and Euphemia enjoyed it. When
she had finished, she went up to the counter to settle. Her bill was sixty
cents. She paid the money that she had just received, and walked down to
the ferry—all in a daze, she said. When she got home she thought it
over, and then she cried.</p>
<p>After a while she dried her eyes, and when I came home she told me all
about it.</p>
<p>"I give it up," she said. "I don't believe I can help you any."</p>
<p>Poor little thing! I took her in my arms and comforted her, and before
bedtime I had convinced her that she was fully able to help me better than
any one else on earth, and that without puzzling her brains about
business, or wearing herself out by sewing for pay.</p>
<p>So we went on in our old way, and by keeping our attention on our weekly
balance, we prevented it from growing very rapidly.</p>
<p>We fell back on our philosophy (it was all the capital we had), and became
as calm and contented as circumstances allowed.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER V. POMONA PRODUCES A PARTIAL REVOLUTION IN RUDDER GRANGE. </h2>
<p>Euphemia began to take a great deal of comfort in her girl. Every evening
she had some new instance to relate of Pomona's inventive abilities and
aptness in adapting herself to the peculiarities of our method of
housekeeping.</p>
<p>"Only to think!" said she, one afternoon, "Pomona has just done another
VERY smart thing. You know what a trouble it has always been for us to
carry all our waste water upstairs, and throw it over the bulwarks. Well,
she has remedied all that. She has cut a nice little low window in the
side of the kitchen, and has made a shutter of the piece she cut out, with
leather hinges to it, and now she can just open this window, throw the
water out, shut it again, and there it is! I tell you she's smart."</p>
<p>"Yes; there is no doubt of that," I said; "but I think that there is
danger of her taking more interest in such extraordinary and novel duties
than in the regular work of the house."</p>
<p>"Now, don't discourage the girl, my dear," she said, "for she is of the
greatest use to me, and I don't want you to be throwing cold water about
like some people."</p>
<p>"Not even if I throw it out of Pomona's little door, I suppose."</p>
<p>"No. Don't throw it at all. Encourage people. What would the world be if
everybody chilled our aspirations and extraordinary efforts? Like Fulton's
steamboat."</p>
<p>"All right," I said; "I'll not discourage her."</p>
<p>It was now getting late in the season. It was quite too cool to sit out on
deck in the evening, and our garden began to look desolate.</p>
<p>Our boarder had wheeled up a lot of fresh earth, and had prepared a large
bed, in which he had planted turnips. They made an excellent fall crop, he
assured us.</p>
<p>From being simply cool it began to be rainy, and the weather grew
decidedly unpleasant. But our boarder bade us take courage. This was
probably the "equinoctial," and when it was over there would be a
delightful Indian summer, and the turnips would grow nicely.</p>
<p>This sounded very well, but the wind blew up cold at night, and there was
a great deal of unpleasant rain.</p>
<p>One night it blew what Pomona called a "whirlicane," and we went to bed
very early to keep warm. We heard our boarder on deck in the garden after
we were in bed, and Euphemia said she could not imagine what he was about,
unless he was anchoring his turnips to keep them from blowing away.</p>
<p>During the night I had a dream. I thought I was a boy again, and was
trying to stand upon my head, a feat for which I had been famous. But
instead of throwing myself forward on my hands, and then raising my heels
backward over my head, in the orthodox manner, I was on my back, and
trying to get on my head from that position. I awoke suddenly, and found
that the footboard of the bedstead was much higher than our heads. We were
lying on a very much inclined plane, with our heads downward. I roused
Euphemia, and we both got out of bed, when, at almost the same moment, we
slipped down the floor into ever so much water.</p>
<p>Euphemia was scarcely awake, and she fell down gurgling. It was dark, but
I heard her fall, and I jumped over the bedstead to her assistance. I had
scarcely raised her up, when I heard a pounding at the front door or
main-hatchway, and our boarder shouted:</p>
<p>"Get up! Come out of that! Open the door! The old boat's turning over!"</p>
<p>My heart fell within me, but I clutched Euphemia. I said no word, and she
simply screamed. I dragged her over the floor, sometimes in the water and
sometimes out of it. I got the dining-room door open and set her on the
stairs. They were in a topsy-turvy condition, but they were dry. I found a
lantern which hung on a nail, with a match-box under it, and I struck a
light. Then I scrambled back and brought her some clothes.</p>
<p>All this time the boarder was yelling and pounding at the door. When
Euphemia was ready I opened the door and took her out.</p>
<p>"You go dress yourself;" said the boarder. "I'll hold her here until you
come back."</p>
<p>I left her and found my clothes (which, chair and all, had tumbled against
the foot of the bed and so had not gone into the water), and soon
reappeared on deck. The wind was blowing strongly, but it did not now seem
to be very cold. The deck reminded me of the gang-plank of a Harlem
steamboat at low tide. It was inclined at an angle of more than forty-five
degrees, I am sure. There was light enough for us to see about us, but the
scene and all the dreadful circumstances made me feel the most intense
desire to wake up and find it all a dream. There was no doubt, however,
about the boarder being wide awake.</p>
<p>"Now then," said he, "take hold of her on that side and we'll help her
over here. You scramble down on that side; it's all dry just there. The
boat's turned over toward the water, and I'll lower her down to you. I'll
let a rope over the sides. You can hold on to that as you go down."</p>
<p>I got over the bulwarks and let myself down to the ground. Then the
boarder got Euphemia up and slipped her over the side, holding to her
hands, and letting her gently down until I could reach her. She said never
a word, but screamed at times. I carried her a little way up the shore and
set her down. I wanted to take her up to a house near by, where we bought
our milk, but she declined to go until we had saved Pomona.</p>
<p>So I went back to the boat, having carefully wrapped up Euphemia, to
endeavor to save the girl. I found that the boarder had so arranged the
gang-plank that it was possible, without a very great exercise of agility,
to pass from the shore to the boat. When I first saw him, on reaching the
shelving deck, he was staggering up the stairs with a dining-room chair
and a large framed engraving of Raphael's Dante—an ugly picture, but
full of true feeling; at least so Euphemia always declared, though I am
not quite sure that I know what she meant.</p>
<p>"Where is Pomona?" I said, endeavoring to stand on the hill-side of the
deck.</p>
<p>"I don't know," said he, "but we must get the things out. The tide's
rising and the wind's getting up. The boat will go over before we know
it."</p>
<p>"But we must find the girl," I said. "She can't be left to drown."</p>
<p>"I don't think it would matter much," said he, getting over the side of
the boat with his awkward load. "She would be of about as much use drowned
as any other way. If it hadn't been for that hole she cut in the side of
the boat, this would never have happened."</p>
<p>"You don't think it was that!" I said, holding the picture and the chair
while he let himself down to the gang-plank.</p>
<p>"Yes, it was," he replied. "The tide's very high, and the water got over
that hole and rushed in. The water and the wind will finish this old craft
before very long."</p>
<p>And then he took his load from me and dashed down the gang-plank. I went
below to look for Pomona. The lantern still hung on the nail, and I took
it down and went into the kitchen. There was Pomona, dressed, and with her
hat on, quietly packing some things in a basket.</p>
<p>"Come, hurry out of this," I cried. "Don't you know that this house—this
boat, I mean, is a wreck?"</p>
<p>"Yes, sma'am—sir, I mean—I know it, and I suppose we shall
soon be at the mercy of the waves."</p>
<p>"Well, then, go as quickly as you can. What are you putting in that
basket?"</p>
<p>"Food," she said. "We may need it."</p>
<p>I took her by the shoulder and hurried her on deck, over the bulwark, down
the gang-plank, and so on to the place where I had left Euphemia.</p>
<p>I found the dear girl there, quiet and collected, all up in a little
bunch, to shield herself from the wind. I wasted no time, but hurried the
two women over to the house of our milk-merchant. There, with some
difficulty, I roused the good woman, and after seeing Euphemia and Pomona
safely in the house, I left them to tell the tale, and ran back to the
boat.</p>
<p>The boarder was working like a Trojan. He had already a pile of our
furniture on the beach.</p>
<p>I set about helping him, and for an hour we labored at this hasty and
toilsome moving. It was indeed a toilsome business. The floors were
shelving, the stairs leaned over sideways, ever so far, and the gang-plank
was desperately short and steep.</p>
<p>Still, we saved quite a number of household articles. Some things we broke
and some we forgot, and some things were too big to move in this way; but
we did very well, considering the circumstances.</p>
<p>The wind roared, the tide rose, and the boat groaned and creaked. We were
in the kitchen, trying to take the stove apart (the boarder was sure we
could carry it up, if we could get the pipe out and the legs and doors
off), when we heard a crash. We rushed on deck and found that the garden
had fallen in! Making our way as well as we could toward the gaping rent
in the deck, we saw that the turnip-bed had gone down bodily into the
boarder's room. He did not hesitate, but scrambled down his narrow stairs.
I followed him. He struck a match that he had in his pocket, and lighted a
little lantern that hung under the stairs. His room was a perfect rubbish
heap. The floor, bed, chairs, pitcher, basin—everything was covered
or filled with garden mold and turnips. Never did I behold such a scene.
He stood in the midst of it, holding his lantern high above his head. At
length he spoke.</p>
<p>"If we had time," he said, "we might come down here and pick out a lot of
turnips."</p>
<p>"But how about your furniture?" I exclaimed.</p>
<p>"Oh, that's ruined!" he replied.</p>
<p>So we did not attempt to save any of it, but we got hold of his trunk and
carried that on shore.</p>
<p>When we returned, we found that the water was pouring through his
partition, making the room a lake of mud. And, as the water was rising
rapidly below, and the boat was keeling over more and more, we thought it
was time to leave, and we left.</p>
<p>It would not do to go far away from our possessions, which were piled up
in a sad-looking heap on the shore; and so, after I had gone over to the
milk-woman's to assure Euphemia of our safety, the boarder and I passed
the rest of the night—there was not much of it left—in walking
up and down the beach smoking some cigars which he fortunately had in his
pocket.</p>
<p>In the morning I took Euphemia to the hotel, about a mile away—and
arranged for the storage of our furniture there, until we could find
another habitation. This habitation, we determined, was to be in a
substantial house, or part of a house, which should not be affected by the
tides.</p>
<p>During the morning the removal of our effects was successfully
accomplished, and our boarder went to town to look for a furnished room.
He had nothing but his trunk to take to it.</p>
<p>In the afternoon I left Euphemia at the hotel, where she was taking a nap
(she certainly needed it, for she had spent the night in a wooden
rocking-chair at the milk-woman's), and I strolled down to the river to
take a last look at the remains of old Rudder Grange.</p>
<p>I felt sadly enough as I walked along the well-worn path to the
canal-boat, and thought how it had been worn by my feet more than any
other's, and how gladly I had walked that way, so often during that
delightful summer. I forgot all that had been disagreeable, and thought
only of the happy times we had had.</p>
<p>It was a beautiful autumn afternoon, and the wind had entirely died away.
When I came within sight of our old home, it presented a doleful
appearance. The bow had drifted out into the river, and was almost
entirely under water. The stern stuck up in a mournful and ridiculous
manner, with its keel, instead of its broadside, presented to the view of
persons on the shore. As I neared the boat I heard a voice. I stopped and
listened. There was no one in sight. Could the sounds come from the boat?
I concluded that it must be so, and I walked up closer. Then I heard
distinctly the words:</p>
<p>"He grasp ed her by the thro at and yell ed, swear to me thou nev er wilt
re veal my se cret, or thy hot heart's blood shall stain this mar bel fib
or; she gave one gry vy ous gasp and—"</p>
<p>It was Pomona!</p>
<p>Doubtless she had climbed up the stern of the boat and had descended into
the depths of the wreck to rescue her beloved book, the reading of which
had so long been interrupted by my harsh decrees. Could I break in on this
one hour of rapture? I had not the heart to do it, and as I slowly moved
away, there came to me the last words that I ever heard from Rudder
Grange:</p>
<p>"And with one wild shry ik to heav en her heart's blo od spat ter ed that
prynce ly home of woe—"</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER VI. THE NEW RUDDER GRANGE. </h2>
<p>I have before given an account of the difficulties we encountered when we
started out house-hunting, and it was this doleful experience which made
Euphemia declare that before we set out on a second search for a
residence, we should know exactly what we wanted.</p>
<p>To do this, we must know how other people live, we must examine into the
advantages and disadvantages of the various methods of housekeeping, and
make up our minds on the subject.</p>
<p>When we came to this conclusion we were in a city boarding-house, and were
entirely satisfied that this style of living did not suit us at all.</p>
<p>At this juncture I received a letter from the gentleman who had boarded
with us on the canal-boat. Shortly after leaving us the previous fall, he
had married a widow lady with two children, and was now keeping house in a
French flat in the upper part of the city. We had called upon the happy
couple soon after their marriage, and the letter, now received, contained
an invitation for us to come and dine, and spend the night.</p>
<p>"We'll go," said Euphemia. "There's nothing I want so much as to see how
people keep house in a French flat. Perhaps we'll like it. And I must see
those children." So we went.</p>
<p>The house, as Euphemia remarked, was anything but flat. It was very tall
indeed—the tallest house in the neighborhood. We entered the
vestibule, the outer door being open, and beheld, on one side of us, a row
of bell-handles. Above each of these handles was the mouth of a
speaking-tube, and above each of these, a little glazed frame containing a
visiting-card.</p>
<p>"Isn't this cute?" said Euphemia, reading over the cards. "Here's his name
and this is his bell and tube! Which would you do first, ring or blow?"</p>
<p>"My dear," said I, "you don't blow up those tubes. We must ring the bell,
just as if it were an ordinary front-door bell, and instead of coming to
the door, some one will call down the tube to us."</p>
<p>I rang the bell under the boarder's name, and very soon a voice at the
tube said:</p>
<p>"Well?"</p>
<p>Then I told our names, and in an instant the front door opened.</p>
<p>"Why, their flat must be right here," whispered Euphemia. "How quickly the
girl came!"</p>
<p>And she looked for the girl as we entered. But there was no one there.</p>
<p>"Their flat is on the fifth story," said I. "He mentioned that in his
letter. We had better shut the door and go up."</p>
<p>Up and up the softly carpeted stairs we climbed, and not a soul we saw or
heard.</p>
<p>"It is like an enchanted cavern," said Euphemia. "You say the magic word,
the door in the rock opens and you go on, and on, through the vaulted
passages—"</p>
<p>"Until you come to the ogre," said the boarder, who was standing at the
top of the stairs. He did not behave at all like an ogre, for he was very
glad to see us, and so was his wife. After we had settled down in the
parlor and the boarder's wife had gone to see about something concerning
the dinner, Euphemia asked after the children.</p>
<p>"I hope they haven't gone to bed," she said, "for I do so want to see the
dear little things."</p>
<p>The ex-boarder, as Euphemia called him, smiled grimly.</p>
<p>"They're not so very little," he said. "My wife's son is nearly grown. He
is at an academy in Connecticut, and he expects to go into a civil
engineer's office in the spring. His sister is older than he is. My wife
married—in the first instance—when she was very young—very
young in deed."</p>
<p>"Oh!" said Euphemia; and then, after a pause, "And neither of them is at
home now?"</p>
<p>"No," said the ex-boarder. "By the way, what do you think of this dado? It
is a portable one; I devised it myself. You can take it away with you to
another house when you move. But there is the dinner-bell. I'll show you
over the establishment after we have had something to eat."</p>
<p>After our meal we made a tour of inspection. The flat, which included the
whole floor, contained nine or ten rooms, of all shapes and sizes. The
corners in some of the rooms were cut off and shaped up into closets and
recesses, so that Euphemia said the corners of every room were in some
other room.</p>
<p>Near the back of the flat was a dumb-waiter, with bells and
speaking-tubes. When the butcher, the baker, or the kerosene-lamp maker,
came each morning, he rang the bell, and called up the tube to know what
was wanted. The order was called down, and he brought the things in the
afternoon.</p>
<p>All this greatly charmed Euphemia. It was so cute, so complete. There were
no interviews with disagreeable trades-people, none of the ordinary
annoyances of housekeeping. Everything seemed to be done with a bell, a
speaking-tube or a crank.</p>
<p>"Indeed," said the ex-boarder, "if it were not for people tripping over
the wires, I could rig up attachments by which I could sit in the parlor,
and by using pedals and a key-board, I could do all the work of this house
without getting out of my easy-chair."</p>
<p>One of the most peculiar features of the establishment was the servant's
room. This was at the rear end of the floor, and as there was not much
space left after the other rooms had been made, it was very small; so
small, indeed, that it would accommodate only a very short bedstead. This
made it necessary for our friends to consider the size of the servant when
they engaged her.</p>
<p>"There were several excellent girls at the intelligence office where I
called," said the ex-boarder, "but I measured them, and they were all too
tall. So we had to take a short one, who is only so so. There was one big
Scotch girl who was the very person for us, and I would have taken her if
my wife had not objected to my plan for her accommodation.</p>
<p>"What was that?" I asked.</p>
<p>"Well," said he, "I first thought of cutting a hole in the partition wall
at the foot of the bed, for her to put her feet through."</p>
<p>"Never!" said his wife, emphatically. "I would never have allowed that."</p>
<p>"And then," continued he, "I thought of turning the bed around, and
cutting a larger hole, through which she might have put her head into the
little room on this side. A low table could have stood under the hole, and
her head might have rested on a cushion on the table very comfortably."</p>
<p>"My dear," said his wife, "it would have frightened me to death to go into
that room and see that head on a cushion on a table—"</p>
<p>"Like John the Baptist," interrupted Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Well," said our ex-boarder, "the plan would have had its advantages."</p>
<p>"Oh!" cried Euphemia, looking out of a back window. "What a lovely little
iron balcony! Do you sit out there on warm evenings?"</p>
<p>"That's a fire-escape," said the ex-boarder. "We don't go out there unless
it is very hot indeed, on account of the house being on fire. You see
there is a little door in the floor of the balcony and an iron ladder
leading to the balcony beneath, and so on, down to the first story."</p>
<p>"And you have to creep through that hole and go down that dreadful steep
ladder every time there is a fire?" said Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Well, I guess we would never go down but once," he answered.</p>
<p>"No, indeed," said Euphemia; "you'd fall down and break your neck the
first time," and she turned away from the window with a very grave
expression on her face.</p>
<p>Soon after this our hostess conducted Euphemia to the guest-chamber, while
her husband and I finished a bed-time cigar.</p>
<p>When I joined Euphemia in her room, she met me with a mysterious
expression on her face. She shut the door, and then said in a very earnest
tone:</p>
<p>"Do you see that little bedstead in the corner? I did not notice it until
I came in just now, and then, being quite astonished, I said, 'Why here's
a child's bed; who sleeps here?' 'Oh,' says she, 'that's our little
Adele's bedstead. We have it in our room when she's here.' 'Little Adele!'
said I, 'I didn't know she was little—not small enough for that bed,
at any rate.' 'Why, yes,' said she, 'Adele is only four years old. The
bedstead is quite large enough for her.' 'And she is not here now?' I
said, utterly amazed at all this. 'No,' she answered, 'she is not here
now, but we try to have her with us as much as we can, and always keep her
little bed ready for her.' 'I suppose she's with her father's people,' I
said, and she answered, 'Oh yes,' and bade me good-night. What does all
this mean? Our boarder told us that the daughter is grown up, and here his
wife declares that she is only four years old! I don't know what in the
world to make of this mystery!"</p>
<p>I could give Euphemia no clue. I supposed there was some mistake, and that
was all I could say, except that I was sleepy, and that we could find out
all about it in the morning. But Euphemia could not dismiss the subject
from her mind. She said no more,—but I could see—until I fell
asleep—that she was thinking about it.</p>
<p>It must have been about the middle of the night, perhaps later, when I was
suddenly awakened by Euphemia starting up in the bed, with the
exclamation:</p>
<p>"I have it!"</p>
<p>"What?" I cried, sitting up in a great hurry. "What is it? What have you
got? What's the matter?"</p>
<p>"I know it!" she said, "I know it. Our boarder is a GRANDFATHER! Little
Adele is the grown-up daughter's child. He was quite particular to say
that his wife married VERY young. Just to think of it! So short a time
ago, he was living with us—a bachelor—and now, in four short
months, he is a grandfather!"</p>
<p>Carefully propounded inquiries, in the morning, proved Euphemia's
conclusions to be correct.</p>
<p>The next evening, when we were quietly sitting in our own room, Euphemia
remarked that she did not wish to have anything to do with French flats.</p>
<p>"They seem to be very convenient," I said.</p>
<p>"Oh yes, convenient enough, but I don't like them. I would hate to live
where everything let down like a table-lid, or else turned with a crank.
And when I think of those fire-escapes, and the boarder's grandchild, it
makes me feel very unpleasantly."</p>
<p>"But the grandchild don't follow as a matter of course," said I.</p>
<p>"No," she answered, "but I shall never like French flats."</p>
<p>And we discussed them no more.</p>
<p>For some weeks we examined into every style of economic and respectable
housekeeping, and many methods of living in what Euphemia called
"imitation comfort" were set aside as unworthy of consideration.</p>
<p>"My dear," said Euphemia, one evening, "what we really ought to do is to
build. Then we would have exactly the house we want."</p>
<p>"Very true," I replied; "but to build a house, a man must have money."</p>
<p>"Oh no!" said she, "or at least not much. For one thing, you might join a
building association. In some of those societies I know that you only have
to pay a dollar a week."</p>
<p>"But do you suppose the association builds houses for all its members?" I
asked.</p>
<p>"Of course I suppose so. Else why is it called a building association?"</p>
<p>I had read a good deal about these organizations, and I explained to
Euphemia that a dollar a week was never received by any of them in payment
for a new house.</p>
<p>"Then build yourself," she said; "I know how that can be done."</p>
<p>"Oh, it's easy enough," I remarked, "if you have the money."</p>
<p>"No, you needn't have any money," said Euphemia, rather hastily. "Just let
me show you. Supposing, for instance, that you want to build a house worth—well,
say twenty thousand dollars, in some pretty town near the city."</p>
<p>"I would rather figure on a cheaper house than that for a country place,"
I interrupted.</p>
<p>"Well then, say two thousand dollars. You get masons, and carpenters, and
people to dig the cellar, and you engage them to build your house. You
needn't pay them until it's done, of course. Then when it's all finished,
borrow two thousand dollars and give the house as security. After that you
see, you have only to pay the interest on the borrowed money. When you
save enough money to pay back the loan, the house is your own. Now, isn't
that a good plan?"</p>
<p>"Yes," said I, "if there could be found people who would build your house
and wait for their money until some one would lend you its full value on a
mortgage."</p>
<p>"Well," said Euphemia, "I guess they could be found if you would only look
for them."</p>
<p>"I'll look for them, when I go to heaven," I said.</p>
<p>We gave up for the present, the idea of building or buying a house, and
determined to rent a small place in the country, and then, as Euphemia
wisely said, if we liked it, we might buy it. After she had dropped her
building projects she thought that one ought to know just how a house
would suit before having it on one's hands.</p>
<p>We could afford something better than a canal-boat now, and therefore we
were not so restricted as in our first search for a house. But, the one
thing which troubled my wife—and, indeed, caused me much anxious
thought, was that scourge of almost all rural localities—tramps. It
would be necessary for me to be away all day,—and we could not
afford to keep a man,—so we must be careful to get a house somewhere
off the line of ordinary travel, or else in a well-settled neighborhood,
where there would be some one near at hand in case of unruly visitors.</p>
<p>"A village I don't like," said Euphemia: "there is always so much gossip,
and people know all about what you have, and what you do. And yet it would
be very lonely, and perhaps dangerous, for us to live off somewhere, all
by ourselves. And there is another objection to a village. We don't want a
house with a small yard and a garden at the back. We ought to have a dear
little farm, with some fields for corn, and a cow, and a barn and things
of that sort. All that would be lovely. I'll tell you what we want," she
cried, seized with a sudden inspiration; "we ought to try to get the
end-house of a village. Then our house could be near the neighbors, and
our farm could stretch out a little way into the country beyond us. Let us
fix our minds upon such a house and I believe we can get it."</p>
<p>So we fixed our minds, but in the course of a week or two we unfixed them
several times to allow the consideration of places, which otherwise would
have been out of range; and during one of these intervals of mental
disfixment we took a house.</p>
<p>It was not the end-house of a village, but it was in the outskirts of a
very small rural settlement. Our nearest neighbor was within vigorous
shouting distance, and the house suited us so well in other respects, that
we concluded that this would do. The house was small, but large enough.
There were some trees around it, and a little lawn in front. There was a
garden, a small barn and stable, a pasture field, and land enough besides
for small patches of corn and potatoes. The rent was low, the water good,
and no one can imagine how delighted we were.</p>
<p>We did not furnish the whole house at first, but what mattered it? We had
no horse or cow, but the pasture and barn were ready for them. We did not
propose to begin with everything at once.</p>
<p>Our first evening in that house was made up of hours of unalloyed bliss.
We walked from room to room; we looked out on the garden and the lawn; we
sat on the little porch while I smoked.</p>
<p>"We were happy at Rudder Grange," said Euphemia; "but that was only a
canal-boat, and could not, in the nature of things, have been a permanent
home."</p>
<p>"No," said I, "it could not have been permanent. But, in many respects, it
was a delightful home. The very name of it brings pleasant thoughts."</p>
<p>"It was a nice name," said Euphemia, "and I'll tell you what we might do:
Let us call this place Rudder Grange—the New Rudder Grange! The name
will do just as well for a house as for a boat."</p>
<p>I agreed on the spot, and the house was christened.</p>
<p>Our household was small; we had a servant—a German woman; and we had
ourselves, that was all.</p>
<p>I did not do much in the garden; it was too late in the season. The former
occupant had planted some corn and potatoes, with a few other vegetables,
and these I weeded and hoed, working early in the morning and when I came
home in the afternoon. Euphemia tied up the rose-vines, trimmed the
bushes, and with a little rake and hoe she prepared a flower-bed in front
of the parlor-window. This exercise gave us splendid appetites, and we
loved our new home more and more.</p>
<p>Our German girl did not suit us exactly at first, and day by day she grew
to suit us less. She was a quiet, kindly, pleasant creature, and delighted
in an out-of-door life. She was as willing to weed in the garden as she
was to cook or wash. At first I was very much pleased with this, because,
as I remarked to Euphemia, you can find very few girls who would be
willing to work in the garden, and she might be made very useful.</p>
<p>But, after a time, Euphemia began to get a little out of patience with
her. She worked out-of-doors entirely too much. And what she did there, as
well as some of her work in the house, was very much like certain German
literature—you did not know how it was done, or what it was for.</p>
<p>One afternoon I found Euphemia quite annoyed.</p>
<p>"Look here," she said, "and see what that girl has been at work at, nearly
all this afternoon. I was upstairs sewing and thought she was ironing.
Isn't it too provoking?"</p>
<p>It WAS provoking. The contemplative German had collected a lot of short
ham-bones—where she found them I cannot imagine—and had made
of them a border around my wife's flower-bed. The bones stuck up straight
a few inches above the ground, all along the edge of the bed, and the
marrow cavity of each one was filled with earth in which she had planted
seeds.</p>
<p>"'These,' she says, 'will spring up and look beautiful,'" said Euphemia;
"they have that style of thing in her country."</p>
<p>"Then let her take them off with her to her country," I exclaimed.</p>
<p>"No, no," said Euphemia, hurriedly, "don't kick them out. It would only
wound her feelings. She did it all for the best, and thought it would
please me to have such a border around my bed. But she is too independent,
and neglects her proper work. I will give her a week's notice and get
another servant. When she goes we can take these horrid bones away. But I
hope nobody will call on us in the meantime."</p>
<p>"Must we keep these things here a whole week?" I asked.</p>
<p>"Oh, I can't turn her away without giving her a fair notice. That would be
cruel."</p>
<p>I saw the truth of the remark, and determined to bear with the bones and
her rather than be unkind.</p>
<p>That night Euphemia informed the girl of her decision, and the next
morning, soon after I had left, the good German appeared with her bonnet
on and her carpet-bag in her hand, to take leave of her mistress.</p>
<p>"What!" cried Euphemia. "You are not going to-day?"</p>
<p>"If it is goot to go at all it is goot to go now," said the girl.</p>
<p>"And you will go off and leave me without any one in the house, after my
putting myself out to give you a fair notice? It's shameful!"</p>
<p>"I think it is very goot for me to go now," quietly replied the girl.
"This house is very loneful. I will go to-morrow in the city to see your
husband for my money. Goot morning." And off she trudged to the station.</p>
<p>Before I reached the house that afternoon, Euphemia rushed out to tell
this story. I would not like to say how far I kicked those ham-bones.</p>
<p>This German girl had several successors, and some of them suited as badly
and left as abruptly as herself; but Euphemia never forgot the ungrateful
stab given her by this "ham-bone girl," as she always called her. It was
her first wound of the kind, and it came in the very beginning of the
campaign when she was all unused to this domestic warfare.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER VII. TREATING OF AN UNSUCCESSFUL BROKER AND A DOG. </h2>
<p>It was a couple of weeks, or thereabouts, after this episode that Euphemia
came down to the gate to meet me on my return from the city. I noticed a
very peculiar expression on her face. She looked both thoughtful and
pleased. Almost the first words she said to me were these:</p>
<p>"A tramp came here to-day."</p>
<p>"I am sorry to hear that," I exclaimed. "That's the worst news I have had
yet. I did hope that we were far enough from the line of travel to escape
these scourges. How did you get rid of him? Was he impertinent?"</p>
<p>"You must not feel that way about all tramps," said she. "Sometimes they
are deserving of our charity, and ought to be helped. There is a great
difference in them."</p>
<p>"That may be," I said; "but what of this one? When was he here, and when
did he go?"</p>
<p>"He did not go at all. He is here now."</p>
<p>"Here now!" I cried. "Where is he?"</p>
<p>"Do not call out so loud," said Euphemia, putting her hand on my arm. "You
will waken him. He is asleep."</p>
<p>"Asleep!" said I. "A tramp? Here?"</p>
<p>"Yes. Stop, let me tell you about him. He told me his story, and it is a
sad one. He is a middle-aged man—fifty perhaps—and has been
rich. He was once a broker in Wall street, but lost money by the failure
of various railroads—the Camden and Amboy, for one."</p>
<p>"That hasn't failed," I interrupted.</p>
<p>"Well then it was the Northern Pacific, or some other one of them—at
any rate I know it was either a railroad or a bank,—and he soon
became very poor. He has a son in Cincinnati, who is a successful
merchant, and lives in a fine house, with horses and carriages, and all
that; and this poor man has written to his son, but has never had any
answer. So now he is going to walk to Cincinnati to see him. He knows he
will not be turned away if he can once meet his son, face to face. He was
very tired when he stopped here,—and he has ever and ever so far to
walk yet, you know,—and so after I had given him something to eat, I
let him lie down in the outer kitchen, on that roll of rag-carpet that is
there. I spread it out for him. It is a hard bed for one who has known
comfort, but he seems to sleep soundly."</p>
<p>"Let me see him," said I, and I walked back to the outer kitchen.</p>
<p>There lay the unsuccessful broker fast asleep. His face, which was turned
toward me as I entered, showed that it had been many days since he had
been shaved, and his hair had apparently been uncombed for about the same
length of time. His clothes were very old, and a good deal torn, and he
wore one boot and one shoe.</p>
<p>"Whew!" said I. "Have you been giving him whisky?"</p>
<p>"No," whispered Euphemia, "of course not. I noticed that smell, and he
said he had been cleaning his clothes with alcohol."</p>
<p>"They needed it, I'm sure," I remarked as I turned away. "And now," said
I, "where's the girl?"</p>
<p>"This is her afternoon out. What is the matter? You look frightened."</p>
<p>"Oh, I'm not frightened, but I find I must go down to the station again.
Just run up and put on your bonnet. It will be a nice little walk for
you."</p>
<p>I had been rapidly revolving the matter in my mind. What was I to do with
this wretch who was now asleep in my outer kitchen? If I woke him up and
drove him off,—and I might have difficulty in doing it,—there
was every reason to believe that he would not go far, but return at night
and commit some revengeful act. I never saw a more sinister-looking
fellow. And he was certainly drunk. He must not be allowed to wander about
our neighborhood. I would go for the constable and have him arrested.</p>
<p>So I locked the door from the kitchen into the house and then the outside
door of the kitchen, and when my wife came down we hurried off. On the way
I told her what I intended to do, and what I thought of our guest. She
answered scarcely a word, and I hoped that she was frightened. I think she
was.</p>
<p>The constable, who was also coroner of our township, had gone to a creek,
three miles away, to hold an inquest, and there was nobody to arrest the
man. The nearest police-station was at Hackingford, six miles away, on the
railroad. I held a consultation with the station-master, and the gentleman
who kept the grocery-store opposite.</p>
<p>They could think of nothing to be done except to shoot the man, and to
that I objected.</p>
<p>"However," said I, "he can't stay there;" and a happy thought just then
striking me, I called to the boy who drove the village express-wagon, and
engaged him for a job. The wagon was standing at the station, and to save
time, I got in and rode to my house. Euphemia went over to call on the
groceryman's wife until I returned.</p>
<p>I had determined that the man should be taken away, although, until I was
riding home, I had not made up my mind where to have him taken. But on the
road I settled this matter.</p>
<p>On reaching the house, we drove into the yard as close to the kitchen as
we could go. Then I unlocked the door, and the boy—who was a big,
strapping fellow—entered with me. We found the ex-broker still
wrapped in the soundest slumber. Leaving the boy to watch him, I went
upstairs and got a baggage-tag which I directed to the chief of police at
the police station in Hackingford. I returned to the kitchen and fastened
this tag, conspicuously, on the lapel of the sleeper's coat. Then, with a
clothes-line, I tied him up carefully, hand and foot. To all this he
offered not the slightest opposition. When he was suitably packed, with
due regard to the probable tenderness of wrist and ankle in one brought up
in luxury, the boy and I carried him to the wagon.</p>
<p>He was a heavy load, and we may have bumped him a little, but his sleep
was not disturbed. Then we drove him to the express office. This was at
the railroad station, and the station-master was also express agent. At
first he was not inclined to receive my parcel, but when I assured him
that all sorts of live things were sent by express, and that I could see
no reason for making an exception in this case, he added my arguments to
his own disposition, as a house-holder, to see the goods forwarded to
their destination, and so gave me a receipt, and pasted a label on the
ex-broker's shoulder. I set no value on the package, which I prepaid.</p>
<p>"Now then," said the station-master, "he'll go all right, if the express
agent on the train will take him."</p>
<p>This matter was soon settled, for, in a few minutes, the train stopped at
the station. My package was wheeled to the express car, and two porters,
who entered heartily into the spirit of the thing, hoisted it into the
car. The train-agent, who just then noticed the character of the goods,
began to declare that he would not have the fellow in his car; but my
friend the station-master shouted out that everything was all right,—the
man was properly packed, invoiced and paid for, and the train, which was
behind time, moved away before the irate agent could take measures to get
rid of his unwelcome freight.</p>
<p>"Now," said I, "there'll be a drunken man at the police-station in
Hackingford in about half-an-hour. His offense will be as evident there as
here, and they can do what they please with him. I shall telegraph, to
explain the matter and prepare them for his arrival."</p>
<p>When I had done this Euphemia and I went home. The tramp had cost me some
money, but I was well satisfied with my evening's work, and felt that the
township owed me, at least, a vote of thanks.</p>
<p>But I firmly made up my mind that Euphemia should never again be left
unprotected. I would not even trust to a servant who would agree to have
no afternoons out. I would get a dog.</p>
<p>The next day I advertised for a fierce watchdog, and in the course of a
week I got one. Before I procured him I examined into the merits, and
price, of about one hundred dogs. My dog was named Pete, but I determined
to make a change in that respect. He was a very tall, bony, powerful
beast, of a dull black color, and with a lower jaw that would crack the
hind-leg of an ox, so I was informed. He was of a varied breed, and the
good Irishman of whom I bought him said he had fine blood in him, and
attempted to refer him back to the different classes of dogs from which he
had been derived. But after I had had him awhile, I made an analysis based
on his appearance and character, and concluded that he was mainly
blood-hound, shaded with wolf-dog and mastiff, and picked out with touches
of bull-dog.</p>
<p>The man brought him home for me, and chained him up in an unused
wood-shed, for I had no doghouse as yet.</p>
<p>"Now thin," said he, "all you've got to do is to keep 'im chained up there
for three or four days till he gets used to ye. An' I'll tell ye the best
way to make a dog like ye. Jist give him a good lickin'. Then he'll know
yer his master, and he'll like ye iver aftherward. There's plenty of
people that don't know that. And, by the way, sir, that chain's none too
strong for 'im. I got it when he wasn't mor'n half grown. Ye'd bether git
him a new one."</p>
<p>When the man had gone, I stood and looked at the dog, and could not help
hoping that he would learn to like me without the intervention of a
thrashing. Such harsh methods were not always necessary, I felt sure.</p>
<p>After our evening meal—a combination of dinner and supper, of which
Euphemia used to say that she did not know whether to call it dinper or
supner—we went out together to look at our new guardian.</p>
<p>Euphemia was charmed with him.</p>
<p>"How massive!" she exclaimed. "What splendid limbs! And look at that
immense head! I know I shall never be afraid now. I feel that that is a
dog I can rely upon. Make him stand up, please, so I can see how tall he
is."</p>
<p>"I think it would be better not to disturb him," I answered, "he may be
tired. He will get up of his own accord very soon. And indeed I hope that
he will not get up until I go to the store and get him a new chain."</p>
<p>As I said this I made a step forward to look at his chain, and at that
instant a low growl, like the first rumblings of an earthquake, ran
through the dog.</p>
<p>I stepped back again and walked over to the village for the chain. The
dog-chains shown me at the store all seemed too short and too weak, and I
concluded to buy two chains such as used for hitching horses and to join
them so as to make a long as well as a strong one of them. I wanted him to
be able to come out of the wood-shed when it should be necessary to show
himself.</p>
<p>On my way home with my purchase the thought suddenly struck me, How will
you put that chain on your dog? The memory of the rumbling growl was still
vivid.</p>
<p>I never put the chain on him. As I approached him with it in my hand, he
rose to his feet, his eyes sparkled, his black lips drew back from his
mighty teeth, he gave one savage bark and sprang at me.</p>
<p>His chain held and I went into the house. That night he broke loose and
went home to his master, who lived fully ten miles away.</p>
<p>When I found in the morning that he was gone I was in doubt whether it
would be better to go and look for him or not. But I concluded to keep up
a brave heart, and found him, as I expected, at the place where I had
bought him. The Irishman took him to my house again and I had to pay for
the man's loss of time as well as for his fare on the railroad. But the
dog's old master chained him up with the new chain and I felt repaid for
my outlay.</p>
<p>Every morning and night I fed that dog, and I spoke as kindly and gently
to him as I knew how. But he seemed to cherish a distaste for me, and
always greeted me with a growl. He was an awful dog.</p>
<p>About a week after the arrival of this animal, I was astonished and
frightened on nearing the house to hear a scream from my wife. I rushed
into the yard and was greeted with a succession of screams from two
voices, that seemed to come from the vicinity of the wood-shed. Hurrying
thither, I perceived Euphemia standing on the roof of the shed in perilous
proximity to the edge, while near the ridge of the roof sat our hired girl
with her handkerchief over her head.</p>
<p>"Hurry, hurry!" cried Euphemia. "Climb up here! The dog is loose! Be
quick! Be quick! Oh! he's coming, he's coming!"</p>
<p>I asked for no explanation. There was a rail-fence by the side of the shed
and I sprang on this, and was on the roof just as the dog came bounding
and barking from the barn.</p>
<p>Instantly Euphemia had me in her arms, and we came very near going off the
roof together.</p>
<p>"I never feared to have you come home before," she sobbed. "I thought he
would tear you limb from limb."</p>
<p>"But how did all this happen?" said I.</p>
<p>"Och! I kin hardly remember," said the girl from under her handkerchief.</p>
<p>"Well, I didn't ask you," I said, somewhat too sharply.</p>
<p>"Oh, I'll tell you," said Euphemia. "There was a man at the gate and he
looked suspicious and didn't try to come in, and Mary was at the barn
looking for an egg, and I thought this was a good time to see whether the
dog was a good watch-dog or not, so I went and unchained him—"</p>
<p>"Did you unchain that dog?" I cried.</p>
<p>"Yes, and the minute he was loose he made a rush at the gate, but the man
was gone before he got there, and as he ran down the road I saw that he
was Mr. Henderson's man, who was coming here on an errand, I expect, and
then I went down to the barn to get Mary to come and help me chain up the
dog, and when she came out he began to chase me and then her; and we were
so frightened that we climbed up here, and I don't know, I'm sure, how I
ever got up that fence; and do you think he can climb up here?"</p>
<p>"Oh no! my dear," I said.</p>
<p>"An' he's just the beast to go afther a stip-ladder," said the girl, in
muffled tones.</p>
<p>"And what are we to do?" asked Euphemia. "We can't eat and sleep up here.
Don't you think that if we were all to shout out together, we could make
some neighbor hear?"</p>
<p>"Oh yes!" I said, "there is no doubt of it. But then, if a neighbor came,
the dog would fall on him—"</p>
<p>"And tear him limb from limb," interrupted Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Yes, and besides, my dear, I should hate to have any of the neighbors
come and find us all up here. It would look so utterly absurd. Let me try
and think of some other plan."</p>
<p>"Well, please be as quick as you can. It's dreadful to be—who's
that?"</p>
<p>I looked up and saw a female figure just entering the yard.</p>
<p>"Oh, what shall we do" exclaimed Euphemia. "The dog will get her. Call to
her!"</p>
<p>"No, no," said I, "don't make a noise. It will only bring the dog. He
seems to have gone to the barn, or somewhere. Keep perfectly quiet, and
she may go up on the porch, and as the front door is not locked, she may
rush into the house, if she sees him coming."</p>
<p>"I do hope she will do that," said Euphemia, anxiously.</p>
<p>"And yet," said I, "it's not pleasant to have strangers going into the
house when there's no one there."</p>
<p>"But it's better than seeing a stranger torn to pieces before your eyes,"
said Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Yes," I replied, "it is. Don't you think we might get down now? The dog
isn't here."</p>
<p>"No, no!" cried Euphemia. "There he is now, coming this way. And look at
that woman! She is coming right to this shed."</p>
<p>Sure enough, our visitor had passed by the front door, and was walking
toward us. Evidently she had heard our voices.</p>
<p>"Don't come here!" cried Euphemia. "You'll be killed! Run! run! The dog is
coming! Why, mercy on us! It's Pomona!"</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER VIII. POMONA ONCE MORE. </h2>
<p>Sure enough, it was Pomona. There stood our old servant-girl, of the
canal-boat, with a crooked straw bonnet on her head, a faded yellow
parasol in her hand, a parcel done up in newspaper under her arm, and an
expression of astonishment on her face.</p>
<p>"Well, truly!" she ejaculated.</p>
<p>"Into the house, quick!" I said. "We have a savage dog!"</p>
<p>"And here he is!" cried Euphemia. "Oh! she will be torn to atoms."</p>
<p>Straight at Pomona came the great black beast, barking furiously. But the
girl did not move; she did not even turn her head to look at the dog, who
stopped before he reached her and began to rush wildly around her, barking
terribly.</p>
<p>We held our breath. I tried to say "get out!" or "lie down!" but my tongue
could not form the words.</p>
<p>"Can't you get up here?" gasped Euphemia.</p>
<p>"I don't want to," said the girl.</p>
<p>The dog now stopped barking, and stood looking at Pomona, occasionally
glancing up at us. Pomona took not the slightest notice of him.</p>
<p>"Do you know, ma'am," said she to Euphemia, "that if I had come here
yesterday, that dog would have had my life's blood."</p>
<p>"And why don't he have it to-day?" said Euphemia, who, with myself, was
utterly amazed at the behavior of the dog.</p>
<p>"Because I know more to-day than I did yesterday," answered Pomona. "It is
only this afternoon that I read something, as I was coming here on the
cars. This is it," she continued, unwrapping her paper parcel, and taking
from it one of the two books it contained. "I finished this part just as
the cars stopped, and I put my scissors in the place; I'll read it to
you."</p>
<p>Standing there with one book still under her arm, the newspaper half
unwrapped from it, hanging down and flapping in the breeze, she opened the
other volume at the scissors-place, turned back a page or two, and began
to read as follows:</p>
<p>"Lord Edward slowly san-ter-ed up the bro-ad anc-es-tral walk, when
sudden-ly from out a cop-se, there sprang a fur-i-ous hound. The
marsh-man, con-ce-al-ed in a tree expected to see the life's blood of the
young nob-le-man stain the path. But no, Lord Edward did not stop nor turn
his head. With a smile, he strode stead-i-ly on. Well he knew that if by
be-traying no em-otion, he could show the dog that he was walking where he
had a right, the bru-te would re-cog-nize that right and let him pass
un-sca-thed. Thus in this moment of peril his nob-le courage saved him.
The hound, abashed, returned to his cov-ert, and Lord Edward pass-ed on.</p>
<p>"Foi-led again," mutter-ed the marsh-man.</p>
<p>"Now, then," said Pomona, closing the book, "you see I remembered that,
the minute I saw the dog coming, and I didn't betray any emotion.
Yesterday, now, when I didn't know it, I'd 'a been sure to betray emotion,
and he would have had my life's blood. Did he drive you up there?"</p>
<p>"Yes," said Euphemia; and she hastily explained the situation.</p>
<p>"Then I guess I'd better chain him up," remarked Pomona; and advancing to
the dog she took him boldly by the collar and pulled him toward the shed.
The animal hung back at first, but soon followed her, and she chained him
up securely.</p>
<p>"Now you can come down," said Pomona.</p>
<p>I assisted Euphemia to the ground, and Pomona persuaded the hired girl to
descend.</p>
<p>"Will he grab me by the leg?" asked the girl.</p>
<p>"No; get down, gump," said Pomona, and down she scrambled.</p>
<p>We took Pomona into the house with us and asked her news of herself.</p>
<p>"Well," said she, "there ain't much to tell. I staid awhile at the
institution, but I didn't get much good there, only I learned to read to
myself, because if I read out loud they came and took the book away. Then
I left there and went to live out, but the woman was awful mean. She
throwed away one of my books and I was only half through it. It was a real
good book, named 'The Bridal Corpse, or Montregor's Curse,' and I had to
pay for it at the circulatin' library. So I left her quick enough, and
then I went on the stage."</p>
<p>"On the stage!" cried Euphemia. "What did you do on the stage?"</p>
<p>"Scrub," replied Pomona. "You see that I thought if I could get anything
to do at the theayter, I could work my way up, so I was glad to get
scrubbin'. I asked the prompter, one morning, if he thought there was a
chance for me to work up, and he said yes, I might scrub the galleries,
and then I told him that I didn't want none of his lip, and I pretty soon
left that place. I heard you was akeepin' house out here, and so I thought
I'd come along and see you, and if you hadn't no girl I'd like to live
with you again, and I guess you might as well take me, for that other girl
said, when she got down from the shed, that she was goin' away to-morrow;
she wouldn't stay in no house where they kept such a dog, though I told
her I guessed he was only cuttin' 'round because he was so glad to get
loose."</p>
<p>"Cutting around!" exclaimed Euphemia. "It was nothing of the kind. If you
had seen him you would have known better. But did you come now to stay?
Where are your things?"</p>
<p>"On me," replied Pomona.</p>
<p>When Euphemia found that the Irish girl really intended to leave, we
consulted together and concluded to engage Pomona, and I went so far as to
agree to carry her books to and from the circulating library to which she
subscribed, hoping thereby to be able to exercise some influence on her
taste. And thus part of the old family of Rudder Grange had come together
again. True, the boarder was away, but, as Pomona remarked, when she heard
about him, "You couldn't always expect to ever regain the ties that had
always bound everybody."</p>
<p>Our delight and interest in our little farm increased day by day. In a
week or two after Pomona's arrival I bought a cow. Euphemia was very
anxious to have an Alderney,—they were such gentle, beautiful
creatures,—but I could not afford such a luxury. I might possibly
compass an Alderney calf, but we would have to wait a couple of years for
our milk, and Euphemia said it would be better to have a common cow than
to do that.</p>
<p>Great was our inward satisfaction when the cow, our OWN cow, walked slowly
and solemnly into our yard and began to crop the clover on our little
lawn. Pomona and I gently drove her to the barn, while Euphemia endeavored
to quiet the violent demonstrations of the dog (fortunately chained) by
assuring him that this was OUR cow and that she was to live here, and that
he was to take care of her and never bark at her. All this and much more,
delivered in the earnest and confidential tone in which ladies talk to
infants and dumb animals, made the dog think that he was to be let loose
to kill the cow, and he bounded and leaped with delight, tugging at his
chain so violently that Euphemia became a little frightened and left him.
This dog had been named Lord Edward, at the earnest solicitation of
Pomona, and he was becoming somewhat reconciled to his life with us. He
allowed me to unchain him at night and I could generally chain him up in
the morning without trouble if I had a good big plate of food with which
to tempt him into the shed.</p>
<p>Before supper we all went down to the barn to see the milking. Pomona, who
knew all about such things, having been on a farm in her first youth, was
to be the milkmaid. But when she began operations, she did no more than
begin. Milk as industriously as she might, she got no milk.</p>
<p>"This is a queer cow," said Pomona.</p>
<p>"Are you sure that you know how to milk?" asked Euphemia anxiously.</p>
<p>"Can I milk?" said Pomona. "Why, of course, ma'am. I've seen 'em milk
hundreds of times."</p>
<p>"But you never milked, yourself?" I remarked.</p>
<p>"No, sir, but I know just how it's done."</p>
<p>That might be, but she couldn't do it, and at last we had to give up the
matter in despair, and leave the poor cow until morning, when Pomona was
to go for a man who occasionally worked on the place, and engage him to
come and milk for us.</p>
<p>That night as we were going to bed I looked out of the window at the barn
which contained the cow, and was astonished to see that there was a light
inside of the building.</p>
<p>"What!" I exclaimed. "Can't we be left in peaceful possession of a cow for
a single night?" And, taking my revolver, I hurried down-stairs and
out-of-doors, forgetting my hat in my haste. Euphemia screamed after me to
be careful and keep the pistol pointed away from me.</p>
<p>I whistled for the dog as I went out, but to my surprise he did not
answer.</p>
<p>"Has he been killed?" I thought, and, for a moment, I wished that I was a
large family of brothers—all armed.</p>
<p>But on my way to the barn I met a person approaching with a lantern and a
dog. It was Pomona, and she had a milk-pail on her arm.</p>
<p>"See here, sir," she said, "it's mor'n half full. I just made up my mind
that I'd learn to milk—if it took me all night. I didn't go to bed
at all, and I've been at the barn fur an hour. And there ain't no need of
my goin' after no man in the mornin'," said she, hanging up the barn key
on its nail.</p>
<p>I simply mention this circumstance to show what kind of a girl Pomona had
grown to be.</p>
<p>We were all the time at work in some way, improving our little place.
"Some day we will buy it," said Euphemia. We intended to have some wheat
put in in the fall and next year we would make the place fairly crack with
luxuriance. We would divide the duties of the farm, and, among other
things, Euphemia would take charge of the chickens. She wished to do this
entirely herself, so that there might be one thing that should be all her
own, just as my work in town was all my own. As she wished to buy the
chickens and defray all the necessary expenses out of her own private
funds, I could make no objections, and, indeed, I had no desire to do so.
She bought a chicken-book, and made herself mistress of the subject. For a
week, there was a strong chicken flavor in all our conversation.</p>
<p>This was while the poultry yard was building. There was a chicken-house on
the place, but no yard, and Euphemia intended to have a good big one,
because she was going into the business to make money.</p>
<p>"Perhaps my chickens may buy the place," she said, and I very much hoped
they would.</p>
<p>Everything was to be done very systematically. She would have Leghorns,
Brahmas, and common fowls. The first, because they laid so many eggs; the
second, because they were such fine, big fowls, and the third, because
they were such good mothers.</p>
<p>"We will eat, and sell the eggs of the first and third classes," she said,
"and set the eggs of the second class, under the hens of the third class."</p>
<p>"There seems to be some injustice in that arrangement," I said, "for the
first class will always be childless; the second class will have nothing
to do with their offspring, while the third will be obliged to bring up
and care for the children of others."</p>
<p>But I really had no voice in this matter. As soon as the carpenter had
finished the yard, and had made some coops and other necessary
arrangements, Euphemia hired a carriage and went about the country to buy
chickens. It was not easy to find just what she wanted, and she was gone
all day.</p>
<p>However, she brought home an enormous Brahma cock and ten hens, which
number was pretty equally divided into her three classes. She was very
proud of her purchases, and indeed they were fine fowls. In the evening I
made some allusion to the cost of all this carpenter work, carriage-hire,
etc., besides the price of the chickens.</p>
<p>"O!" said she, "you don't look at the matter in the right light. You
haven't studied it up as I have. Now, just let me show you how this thing
will pay, if carried on properly." Producing a piece of paper covered with
figures, she continued: "I begin with ten hens—I got four common
ones, because it would make it easier to calculate. After a while, I set
these ten hens on thirteen eggs each; three of these eggs will probably
spoil,—that leaves ten chickens hatched out. Of these, I will say
that half die, that will make five chickens for each hen; you see, I leave
a large margin for loss. This makes fifty chickens, and when we add the
ten hens, we have sixty fowls at the end of the first year. Next year I
set these sixty and they bring up five chickens each,—I am sure
there will be a larger proportion than this, but I want to be safe,—and
that is three hundred chickens; add the hens, and we have three hundred
and sixty at the end of the second year. In the third year, calculating in
the same safe way, we shall have twenty-one hundred and sixty chickens; in
the fourth year there will be twelve thousand nine hundred and sixty, and
at the end of the fifth year, which is as far as I need to calculate now,
we shall have sixty-four thousand and eight hundred chickens. What do you
think of that? At seventy-five cents apiece,—a very low price,—that
would be forty-eight thousand and six hundred dollars. Now, what is the
petty cost of a fence, and a few coops, by the side of a sum like that?"</p>
<p>"Nothing at all," I answered. "It is lost like a drop in the ocean. I
hate, my dear, to interfere in any way with such a splendid calculation as
that, but I would like to ask you one question."</p>
<p>"Oh, of course," she said, "I suppose you are going to say something about
the cost of feeding all this poultry. That is to come out of the chickens
supposed to die. They won't die. It is ridiculous to suppose that each hen
will bring up but five chickens. The chickens that will live, out of those
I consider as dead, will more than pay for the feed."</p>
<p>"That is not what I was going to ask you, although of course it ought to
be considered. But you know you are only going to set common hens, and you
do not intend to raise any. Now, are those four hens to do all the setting
and mother-work for five years, and eventually bring up over sixty-four
thousand chickens?"</p>
<p>"Well, I DID make a mistake there," she said, coloring a little. "I'll
tell you what I'll do; I'll set every one of my hens every year."</p>
<p>"But all those chickens may not be hens. You have calculated that every
one of them would set as soon as it was old enough."</p>
<p>She stopped a minute to think this over.</p>
<p>"Two heads are better than one, I see," she said, directly. "I'll allow
that one-half of all the chickens are roosters, and that will make the
profits twenty-four thousand three hundred dollars—more than enough
to buy this place."</p>
<p>"Ever so much more," I cried. "This Rudder Grange is ours!"</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER IX. WE CAMP OUT. </h2>
<p>My wife and I were both so fond of country life and country pursuits that
month after month passed by at our little farm in a succession of
delightful days. Time flew like a "limited express" train, and it was
September before we knew it.</p>
<p>I had been working very hard at the office that summer, and was glad to
think of my two weeks' vacation, which were to begin on the first Monday
of the month. I had intended spending these two weeks in rural retirement
at home, but an interview in the city with my family physician caused me
to change my mind. I told him my plan.</p>
<p>"Now," said he, "if I were you, I'd do nothing of the kind. You have been
working too hard; your face shows it. You need rest and change. Nothing
will do you so much good as to camp out; that will be fifty times better
than going to any summer resort. You can take your wife with you. I know
she'll like it. I don't care where you go so that it's a healthy spot. Get
a good tent and an outfit, be off to the woods, and forget all about
business and domestic matters for a few weeks."</p>
<p>This sounded splendid, and I propounded the plan to Euphemia that evening.
She thought very well of it, and was sure we could do it. Pomona would not
be afraid to remain in the house, under the protection of Lord Edward, and
she could easily attend to the cow and the chickens. It would be a holiday
for her too. Old John, the man who occasionally worked for us, would come
up sometimes and see after things. With her customary dexterity Euphemia
swept away every obstacle to the plan, and all was settled before we went
to bed.</p>
<p>As my wife had presumed, Pomona made no objections to remaining in charge
of the house. The scheme pleased her greatly. So far, so good. I called
that day on a friend who was in the habit of camping out to talk to him
about getting a tent and the necessary "traps" for a life in the woods. He
proved perfectly competent to furnish advice and everything else. He
offered to lend me all I needed. He had a complete outfit; had done with
them for the year, and I was perfectly welcome. Here was rare luck. He
gave me a tent, camp-stove, dishes, pots, gun, fishing-tackle, a big
canvas coat with dozens of pockets riveted on it, a canvas hat, rods,
reels, boots that came up to my hips, and about a wagon-load of things in
all. He was a real good fellow.</p>
<p>We laid in a stock of canned and condensed provisions, and I bought a book
on camping out so as to be well posted on the subject. On the Saturday
before the first Monday in September we would have been entirely ready to
start had we decided on the place where we were to go.</p>
<p>We found it very difficult to make this decision. There were thousands of
places where people went to camp out, but none of them seemed to be the
place for us. Most of them were too far away. We figured up the cost of
taking ourselves and our camp equipage to the Adirondacks, the lakes, the
trout-streams of Maine, or any of those well-known resorts, and we found
that we could not afford such trips, especially for a vacation of but
fourteen days.</p>
<p>On Sunday afternoon we took a little walk. Our minds were still troubled
about the spot toward which we ought to journey next day, and we needed
the soothing influences of Nature. The country to the north and west of
our little farm was very beautiful. About half a mile from the house a
modest river ran; on each side of it were grass-covered fields and hills,
and in some places there were extensive tracks of woodlands.</p>
<p>"Look here!" exclaimed Euphemia, stopping short in the little path that
wound along by the river bank. "Do you see this river, those woods, those
beautiful fields, with not a soul in them or anywhere near them; and those
lovely blue mountains over there?"—as she spoke she waved her
parasol in the direction of the objects indicated, and I could not mistake
them. "Now what could we want better than this?" she continued. "Here we
can fish, and do everything that we want to. I say, let us camp here on
our own river. I can take you to the very spot for the tent. Come on!" And
she was so excited about it that she fairly ran.</p>
<p>The spot she pointed out was one we had frequently visited in our rural
walks. It was a grassy peninsula, as I termed it, formed by a sudden turn
of a creek which, a short distance below, flowed into the river. It was a
very secluded spot. The place was approached through a pasture-field,—we
had found it by mere accident,—and where the peninsula joined the
field (we had to climb a fence just there), there was a cluster of
chestnut and hickory trees, while down near the point stood a
wide-spreading oak.</p>
<p>"Here, under this oak, is the place for the tent," said Euphemia, her face
flushed, her eyes sparkling, and her dress a little torn by getting over
the fence in a hurry. "What do we want with your Adirondacks and your
Dismal Swamps? This is the spot for us!"</p>
<p>"Euphemia," said I, in as composed a tone as possible, although my whole
frame was trembling with emotion, "Euphemia, I am glad I married you!"</p>
<p>Had it not been Sunday, we would have set up our tent that night.</p>
<p>Early the next morning, old John's fifteen-dollar horse drew from our
house a wagon-load of camp-fixtures. There was some difficulty in getting
the wagon over the field, and there were fences to be taken down to allow
of its passage; but we overcame all obstacles, and reached the camp-ground
without breaking so much as a teacup. Old John helped me pitch the tent,
and as neither of us understood the matter very well, it took us some
time. It was, indeed, nearly noon when old John left us, and it may have
been possible that he delayed matters a little so as to be able to charge
for a full half-day for himself and horse. Euphemia got into the wagon to
ride back with him, that she might give some parting injunctions to
Pomona.</p>
<p>"I'll have to stop a bit to put up the fences, ma'am," said old John, "or
Misther Ball might make a fuss."</p>
<p>"Is this Mr. Ball's land?" I asked.</p>
<p>"Oh yes, sir, it's Mr. Ball's land."</p>
<p>"I wonder how he'll like our camping on it?" I said, thoughtfully.</p>
<p>"I'd 'a' thought, sir, you'd 'a' asked him that before you came," said old
John, in a tone that seemed to indicate that he had his doubts about Mr.
Ball.</p>
<p>"Oh, there'll be no trouble about that," cried Euphemia. "You can drive me
past Mr. Ball's,—it's not much out of the way,—and I'll ask
him."</p>
<p>"In that wagon?" said I. "Will you stop at Mr. Ball's door in that?"</p>
<p>"Certainly," said she, as she arranged herself on the board which served
as a seat. "Now that our campaign has really commenced, we ought to begin
to rough it, and should not be too proud to ride even in a—in a—"</p>
<p>She evidently couldn't think of any vehicle mean enough for her purpose.</p>
<p>"In a green-grocery cart," I suggested.</p>
<p>"Yes, or in a red one. Go ahead, John."</p>
<p>When Euphemia returned on foot, I had a fire in the camp-stove and the
kettle was on.</p>
<p>"Well," said Euphemia, "Mr. Ball says it's all right, if we keep the fence
up. He don't want his cows to get into the creek, and I'm sure we don't
want 'em walking over us. He couldn't understand, though, why we wanted to
live out here. I explained the whole thing to him very carefully, but it
didn't seem to make much impression on him. I believe he thinks Pomona has
something the matter with her, and that we have come to stay out here in
the fresh air so as not to take it."</p>
<p>"What an extremely stupid man Mr. Ball must be!" I said.</p>
<p>The fire did not burn very well, and while I was at work at it, Euphemia
spread a cloth upon the grass, and set forth bread and butter, cheese,
sardines, potted ham, preserves, biscuits, and a lot of other things.</p>
<p>We did not wait for the kettle to boil, but concluded to do without tea or
coffee, for this meal, and content ourselves with pure water. For some
reason or other, however, the creek water did not seem to be very pure,
and we did not like it a bit.</p>
<p>"After lunch," said I, "we will go and look for a spring; that will be a
good way of exploring the country."</p>
<p>"If we can't find one," said Euphemia, "we shall have to go to the house
for water, for I can never drink that stuff."</p>
<p>Soon after lunch we started out. We searched high and low, near and far,
for a spring, but could not find one.</p>
<p>At length, by merest accident, we found ourselves in the vicinity of old
John's little house. I knew he had a good well, and so we went in to get a
drink, for our ham and biscuits had made us very thirsty.</p>
<p>We told old John, who was digging potatoes, and was also very much
surprised to see us so soon, about our unexpected trouble in finding a
spring.</p>
<p>"No," said he, very slowly, "there is no spring very near to you. Didn't
you tell your gal to bring you water?"</p>
<p>"No," I replied; "we don't want her coming down to the camp. She is to
attend to the house."</p>
<p>"Oh, very well," said John; "I will bring you water, morning and night,—good,
fresh water,—from my well, for,—well, for ten cents a day."</p>
<p>"That will be nice," said Euphemia, "and cheap, too. And then it will be
well to have John come every day; he can carry our letters."</p>
<p>"I don't expect to write any letters."</p>
<p>"Neither do I," said Euphemia; "but it will be pleasant to have some
communication with the outer world."</p>
<p>So we engaged old John to bring us water twice a day. I was a little
disappointed at this, for I thought that camping on the edge of a stream
settled the matter of water. But we have many things to learn in this
world.</p>
<p>Early in the afternoon I went out to catch some fish for supper. We agreed
to dispense with dinner, and have breakfast, lunch, and a good solid
supper.</p>
<p>For some time I had poor luck. There were either very few fish in the
creek, or they were not hungry.</p>
<p>I had been fishing an hour or more when I saw Euphemia running toward me.</p>
<p>"What's the matter?" said I.</p>
<p>"Oh! nothing. I've just come to see how you were getting along. Haven't
you been gone an awfully long time? And are those all the fish you've
caught? What little bits of things they are! I thought people who camped
out caught big fish and lots of them?"</p>
<p>"That depends a good deal upon where they go," said I.</p>
<p>"Yes, I suppose so," replied Euphemia; "but I should think a stream as big
as this would have plenty of fish in it. However, if you can't catch any,
you might go up to the road and watch for Mr. Mulligan. He sometimes comes
along on Mondays."</p>
<p>"I'm not going to the road to watch for any fish-man," I replied, a little
more testily than I should have spoken. "What sort of a camping out would
that be? But we must not be talking here or I shall never get a bite.
Those fish are a little soiled from jumping about in the dust. You might
wash them off at that shallow place, while I go a little further on and
try my luck."</p>
<p>I went a short distance up the creek, and threw my line into a dark,
shadowy pool, under some alders, where there certainly should be fish.
And, sure enough, in less than a minute I got a splendid bite,—not
only a bite, but a pull. I knew that I had certainly hooked a big fish!
The thing actually tugged at my line so that I was afraid the pole would
break. I did not fear for the line, for that, I knew, was strong. I would
have played the fish until he was tired, and I could pull him out without
risk to the pole, but I did not know exactly how the process of "playing"
was conducted. I was very much excited. Sometimes I gave a jerk and a
pull, and then the fish would give a jerk and a pull.</p>
<p>Directly I heard some one running toward me, and then I heard Euphemia cry
out:</p>
<p>"Give him the butt! Give him the butt!"</p>
<p>"Give him what?" I exclaimed, without having time even to look up at her.</p>
<p>"The butt! the butt!" she cried, almost breathlessly. "I know that's
right! I read how Edward Everett Hale did it in the Adirondacks."</p>
<p>"No, it wasn't Hale at all," said I, as I jumped about the bank; "it was
Mr. Murray."</p>
<p>"Well, it was one of those fishing ministers, and I know that it caught
the fish."</p>
<p>"I know, I know. I read it, but I don't know how to do it."</p>
<p>"Perhaps you ought to punch him with it," said she.</p>
<p>"No! no!" I hurriedly replied, "I can't do anything like that. I'm going
to try to just pull him out lengthwise. You take hold of the pole and go
in shore as far as you can and I'll try and get hold of the line."</p>
<p>Euphemia did as I bade her, and drew the line in so that I could reach it.
As soon as I had a firm hold of it, I pulled in, regardless of
consequences, and hauled ashore an enormous cat-fish.</p>
<p>"Hurrah!" I shouted, "here is a prize."</p>
<p>Euphemia dropped the pole, and ran to me.</p>
<p>"What a horrid beast!" she exclaimed. "Throw it in again."</p>
<p>"Not at all!" said I. "This is a splendid fish, if I can ever get him off
the hook. Don't come near him! If he sticks that back-fin into you, it
will poison you."</p>
<p>"Then I should think it would poison us to eat him," said she.</p>
<p>"No; it's only his fin."</p>
<p>"I've eaten cat-fish, but I never saw one like that," she said. "Look at
its horrible mouth! And it has whiskers like a cat!"</p>
<p>"Oh! you never saw one with its head on," I said. "What I want to do is to
get this hook out."</p>
<p>I had caught cat-fish before, but never one so large as this, and I was
actually afraid to take hold of it, knowing, as I did, that you must be
very careful how you clutch a fish of the kind. I finally concluded to
carry it home as it was, and then I could decapitate it, and take out the
hook at my leisure. So back to camp we went, Euphemia picking up the
little fish as we passed, for she did not think it right to catch fish and
not eat them. They made her hands smell, it is true; but she did not mind
that when we were camping.</p>
<p>I prepared the big fish (and I had a desperate time getting the skin off),
while my wife, who is one of the daintiest cooks in the world, made the
fire in the stove, and got ready the rest of the supper. She fried the
fish, because I told her that was the way cat-fish ought to be cooked,
although she said that it seemed very strange to her to camp out for the
sake of one's health, and then to eat fried food.</p>
<p>But that fish was splendid! The very smell of it made us hungry.
Everything was good, and when supper was over and the dishes washed, I
lighted my pipe and we sat down under a tree to enjoy the evening.</p>
<p>The sun had set behind the distant ridge; a delightful twilight was gently
subduing every color of the scene; the night insects were beginning to hum
and chirp, and a fire that I had made under a tree blazed up gayly, and
threw little flakes of light into the shadows under the shrubbery.</p>
<p>"Now isn't this better than being cooped up in a narrow, constricted
house?" said I.</p>
<p>"Ever so much better!" said Euphemia. "Now we know what Nature is. We are
sitting right down in her lap, and she is cuddling us up. Isn't that sky
lovely? Oh! I think this is perfectly splendid," said she, making a little
dab at her face,—"if it wasn't for the mosquitoes."</p>
<p>"They ARE bad," I said. "I thought my pipe would keep them off, but it
don't. There must be plenty of them down at that creek."</p>
<p>"Down there!" exclaimed Euphemia. "Why there are thousands of them here! I
never saw anything like it. They're getting worse every minute."</p>
<p>"I'll tell you what we must do," I exclaimed, jumping up. "We must make a
smudge."</p>
<p>"What's that? do you rub it on yourself?" asked Euphemia, anxiously.</p>
<p>"No, it's only a great smoke. Come, let us gather up dry leaves and make a
smoldering fire of them."</p>
<p>We managed to get up a very fair smudge, and we stood to the leeward of
it, until Euphemia began to cough and sneeze, as if her head would come
off. With tears running from her eyes, she declared that she would rather
go and be eaten alive, than stay in that smoke.</p>
<p>"Perhaps we were too near it," said I.</p>
<p>"That may be," she answered, "but I have had enough smoke. Why didn't I
think of it before? I brought two veils! We can put these over our faces,
and wear gloves."</p>
<p>She was always full of expedients.</p>
<p>Veiled and gloved, we bade defiance to the mosquitoes, and we sat and
talked for half an hour or more. I made a little hole in my veil, through
which I put the mouth-piece of my pipe.</p>
<p>When it became really dark, I lighted the lantern, and we prepared for a
well-earned night's rest. The tent was spacious and comfortable, and we
each had a nice little cot-bed.</p>
<p>"Are you going to leave the front-door open all night?" said Euphemia, as
I came in after a final round to see that all was right.</p>
<p>"I should hardly call this canvas-flap a front-door," I said, "but I think
it would be better to leave it open; otherwise we should smother. You need
not be afraid. I shall keep my gun here by my bedside, and if any one
offers to come in, I'll bring him to a full stop quick enough."</p>
<p>"Yes, if you are awake. But I suppose we ought not to be afraid of
burglars here. People in tents never are. So you needn't shut it."</p>
<p>It was awfully quiet and dark and lonely, out there by that creek, when
the light had been put out, and we had gone to bed. For some reason I
could not go to sleep. After I had been lying awake for an hour or two,
Euphemia spoke:</p>
<p>"Are you awake?" said she, in a low voice, as if she were afraid of
disturbing the people in the next room.</p>
<p>"Yes," said I. "How long have you been awake?"</p>
<p>"I haven't been asleep."</p>
<p>"Neither have I."</p>
<p>"Suppose we light the lantern," said she. "Don't you think it would be
pleasanter?"</p>
<p>"It might be," I replied; "but it would draw myriads of mosquitoes. I wish
I had brought a mosquito-net and a clock. It seems so lonesome without the
ticking. Good-night! We ought to have a long sleep, if we do much tramping
about to-morrow."</p>
<p>In about half an hour more, just as I was beginning to be a little sleepy,
she said:</p>
<p>"Where is that gun?"</p>
<p>"Here by me," I answered.</p>
<p>"Well, if a man should come in, try and be sure to put it up close to him
before you fire. In a little tent like this, the shot might scatter
everywhere, if you're not careful."</p>
<p>"All right," I said. "Good-night!"</p>
<p>"There's one thing we never thought of!" she presently exclaimed.</p>
<p>"What's that," said I.</p>
<p>"Snakes," said she.</p>
<p>"Well, don't let's think of them. We must try and get a little sleep."</p>
<p>"Dear knows! I've been trying hard enough," she said, plaintively, and all
was quiet again.</p>
<p>We succeeded this time in going to sleep, and it was broad daylight before
we awoke.</p>
<p>That morning, old John came with our water before breakfast was ready. He
also brought us some milk, as he thought we would want it. We considered
this a good idea, and agreed with him to bring us a quart a day.</p>
<p>"Don't you want some wegetables?" said he. "I've got some nice corn and
some tomatoes, and I could bring you cabbage and peas."</p>
<p>We had hardly expected to have fresh vegetables every day, but there
seemed to be no reason why old John should not bring them, as he had to
come every day with the water and milk. So we arranged that he should
furnish us daily with a few of the products of his garden.</p>
<p>"I could go to the butcher's and get you a steak or some chops, if you'd
let me know in the morning," said he, intent on the profits of further
commissions.</p>
<p>But this was going too far. We remembered we were camping out, and
declined to have meat from the butcher.</p>
<p>John had not been gone more than ten minutes before we saw Mr. Ball
approaching.</p>
<p>"Oh, I hope he isn't going to say we can't stay!" exclaimed Euphemia.</p>
<p>"How d'ye do?" said Mr. Ball, shaking hands with us. "Did you stick it out
all night?"</p>
<p>"Oh yes, indeed," I replied, "and expect to stick it out for a many more
nights if you don't object to our occupying your land."</p>
<p>"No objection in the world," said he; "but it seems a little queer for
people who have a good house to be living out here in the fields in a
tent, now, don't it?"</p>
<p>"Oh, but you see," said I, and I went on and explained the whole thing to
him,—the advice of the doctor, the discussion about the proper place
to go to, and the good reasons for fixing on this spot.</p>
<p>"Ye-es," said he, "that's all very well, no doubt. But how's the girl?"</p>
<p>"What girl?" I asked.</p>
<p>"Your girl. The hired girl you left at the house."</p>
<p>"Oh, she's all right," said I; "she's always well."</p>
<p>"Well," said Mr. Ball, slowly turning on his heel, "if you say so, I
suppose she is. But you're going up to the house to-day to see about her,
aren't you?"</p>
<p>"Oh, no," said Euphemia. "We don't intend to go near the house until our
camping is over."</p>
<p>"Just so,—just so," said Mr. Ball; "I expected as much. But look
here, don't you think it would be well for me to ask Dr. Ames to stop in
and see how she is gettin' along? I dare say you've fixed everything for
her, but that would be safer, you know. He's coming this morning to
vaccinate my baby, and he might stop there, just as well as not, after he
has left my house."</p>
<p>Euphemia and I could see no necessity for this proposed visit of the
doctor, but we could not well object to it, and so Mr. Ball said he would
be sure and send him.</p>
<p>After our visitor had gone, the significance of his remarks flashed on me.
He still thought that Pomona was sick with something catching, and that we
were afraid to stay in the house with her. But I said nothing about this
to Euphemia. It would only worry her, and our vacation was to be a season
of unalloyed delight.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER X. WET BLANKETS. </h2>
<p>We certainly enjoyed our second day in camp. All the morning, and a great
part of the afternoon, we "explored." We fastened up the tent as well as
we could, and then, I with my gun, and Euphemia with the fishing-pole, we
started up the creek. We did not go very far, for it would not do to leave
the tent too long. I did not shoot anything, but Euphemia caught two or
three nice little fish, and we enjoyed the sport exceedingly.</p>
<p>Soon after we returned in the afternoon, and while we were getting things
in order for supper, we had a call from two of our neighbors, Captain
Atkinson and wife. The captain greeted us hilariously.</p>
<p>"Hello!" he cried. "Why, this is gay. Who would ever have thought of a
domestic couple like you going on such a lark as this. We just heard about
it from old John, and we came down to see what you are up to. You've got
everything very nice. I think I'd like this myself. Why, you might have a
rifle-range out here. You could cut down those bushes on the other side of
the creek, and put up your target over there on that hill. Then you could
lie down here on the grass and bang away all day. If you'll do that, I'll
come down and practice with you. How long are you going to keep it up?"</p>
<p>I told him that we expected to spend my two weeks' vacation here.</p>
<p>"Not if it rains, my boy," said he. "I know what it is to camp out in the
rain."</p>
<p>Meanwhile, Mrs. Atkinson had been with Euphemia examining the tent, and
our equipage generally.</p>
<p>"It would be very nice for a day's picnic," she said; "but I wouldn't want
to stay out-of-doors all night."</p>
<p>And then, addressing me, she asked:</p>
<p>"Do you have to breathe the fresh air all the time, night as well as day?
I expect that is a very good prescription, but I would not like to have to
follow it myself."</p>
<p>"If the fresh air is what you must have," said the captain, "you might
have got all you wanted of that without taking the trouble to come out
here. You could have sat out on your back porch night and day for the
whole two weeks, and breathed all the fresh air that any man could need."</p>
<p>"Yes," said I, "and I might have gone down cellar and put my head in the
cold-air box of the furnace. But there wouldn't have been much fun in
that."</p>
<p>"There are a good many things that there's no fun in," said the captain.
"Do you cook your own meals, or have them sent from the house?"</p>
<p>"Cook them ourselves, of course," said Euphemia. "We are going to have
supper now. Won't you wait and take some?"</p>
<p>"Thank you," said Mrs. Atkinson, "but we must go."</p>
<p>"Yes, we must be going," said the captain. "Good-bye. If it rains I'll
come down after you with an umbrella."</p>
<p>"You need not trouble yourself about that," said I. "We shall rough it
out, rain or shine."</p>
<p>"I'd stay here now," said Euphemia, when they had gone, "if it rained
pitch."</p>
<p>"You mean pitchforks," I suggested.</p>
<p>"Yes, anything," she answered.</p>
<p>"Well, I don't know about the pitchforks," I said, looking over the creek
at the sky; "but am very much afraid that it is going to rain rain-water
to-morrow. But that won't drive us home, will it?"</p>
<p>"No, indeed!" said she. "We're prepared for it. But I wish they'd staid at
home."</p>
<p>Sure enough, it commenced to rain that night, and we had showers all the
next day. We staid in camp during the morning, and I smoked and we played
checkers, and had a very cosy time, with a wood fire burning under a tree
near by. We kept up this fire, not to dry the air, but to make things look
comfortable. In the afternoon I dressed myself up in water-proof coat,
boots and hat, and went out fishing. I went down to the water and fished
along the banks for an hour, but caught nothing of any consequence. This
was a great disappointment, for we had expected to live on fresh fish for
a great part of the time while we were camping. With plenty of fish, we
could do without meat very well.</p>
<p>We talked the matter over on my return, and we agreed that as it seemed
impossible to depend upon a supply of fish, from the waters about our
camp, it would be better to let old John bring fresh meat from the
butcher, and as neither of us liked crackers, we also agreed that he
should bring bread.</p>
<p>Our greatest trouble, that evening, was to make a fire. The wood, of which
there was a good deal lying about under the trees, was now all wet and
would not burn. However, we managed to get up a fire in the stove, but I
did not know what we were going to do in the morning. We should have
stored away some wood under shelter.</p>
<p>We set our little camp-table in the tent, and we had scarcely finished our
supper, when a very heavy rain set in, accompanied by a violent wind. The
canvas at one end of our tent must have been badly fastened, for it was
blown in, and in an instant our beds were deluged. I rushed out to fasten
up the canvas, and got drenched almost to the skin, and although Euphemia
put on her waterproof cloak as soon as she could, she was pretty wet, for
the rain seemed to dash right through the tent.</p>
<p>This gust of wind did not last long, and the rain soon settled down into a
steady drizzle, but we were in a sad plight. It was after nine o'clock
before we had put things into tolerable order.</p>
<p>"We can't sleep in those beds," said Euphemia.</p>
<p>"They're as wet as sop, and we shall have to go up to the house and get
something to spread over them. I don't want to do it, but we mustn't catch
our deaths of cold."</p>
<p>There was nothing to be said against this, and we prepared to start out. I
would have gone by myself, but Euphemia would not consent to be left
alone. It was still raining, though not very hard, and I carried an
umbrella and a lantern. Climbing fences at night with a wife, a lantern,
and an umbrella to take care of, is not very agreeable, but we managed to
reach the house, although once or twice we had an argument in regard to
the path, which seemed to be very different at night from what it was in
the day-time.</p>
<p>Lord Edward came bounding to the gate to meet us, and I am happy to say
that he knew me at once, and wagged his tail in a very sociable way.</p>
<p>I had the key of a side-door in my pocket, for we had thought it wise to
give ourselves command of this door, and so we let ourselves in without
ringing or waking Pomona.</p>
<p>All was quiet within, and we went upstairs with the lantern. Everything
seemed clean and in order, and it is impossible to convey any idea of the
element of comfort which seemed to pervade the house, as we quietly made
our way upstairs, in our wet boots and heavy, damp clothes.</p>
<p>The articles we wanted were in a closet, and while I was making a bundle
of them, Euphemia went to look for Pomona. She soon returned, walking
softly.</p>
<p>"She's sound asleep," said she, "and I didn't think there was any need of
waking her. We'll send word by John that we've been here. And oh! you
can't imagine how snug and happy she did look, lying there in her
comfortable bed, in that nice, airy room. I'll tell you what it is, if it
wasn't for the neighbors, and especially the Atkinsons, I wouldn't go back
one step."</p>
<p>"Well," said I, "I don't know that I care so particularly about it,
myself. But I suppose I couldn't stay here and leave all Thompson's things
out there to take care of themselves."</p>
<p>"Oh no!" said Euphemia. "And we're not going to back down. Are you ready?"</p>
<p>On our way down-stairs we had to pass the partly open door of our own
room. I could not help holding up the lantern to look in. There was the
bed, with its fair white covering and its smooth, soft pillows; there were
the easy-chairs, the pretty curtains, the neat and cheerful carpet, the
bureau, with Euphemia's work-basket on it; there was the little table with
the book that we had been reading together, turned face downward upon it;
there were my slippers; there was—</p>
<p>"Come!" said Euphemia, "I can't bear to look in there. It's like a dead
child."</p>
<p>And so we hurried out into the night and the rain. We stopped at the
wood-shed and got an armful of dry kindling, which Euphemia was obliged to
carry, as I had the bundle of bed-clothing, the umbrella, and the lantern.</p>
<p>Lord Edward gave a short, peculiar bark as we shut the gate behind us, but
whether it was meant as a fond farewell, or a hoot of derision, I cannot
say.</p>
<p>We found everything as we left it at the camp, and we made our beds
apparently dry. But I did not sleep well. I could not help thinking that
it was not safe to sleep in a bed with a substratum of wet mattress, and I
worried Euphemia a little by asking her several times if she felt the
dampness striking through.</p>
<p>To our great delight, the next day was fine and clear, and I thought I
would like, better than anything else, to take Euphemia in a boat up the
river and spend the day rowing about, or resting in shady places on the
shore.</p>
<p>But what could we do about the tent? It would be impossible to go away and
leave that, with its contents, for a whole day.</p>
<p>When old John came with our water, milk, bread, and a basket of
vegetables, we told him of our desired excursion, and the difficulty in
the way. This good man, who always had a keen scent for any advantage to
himself, warmly praised the boating plan, and volunteered to send his wife
and two of his younger children to stay with the tent while we were away.</p>
<p>The old woman, he said, could do her sewing here as well as anywhere, and
she would stay all day for fifty cents.</p>
<p>This plan pleased us, and we sent for Mrs. Old John, who came with three
of her children,—all too young to leave behind, she said,—and
took charge of the camp.</p>
<p>Our day proved to be as delightful as we had anticipated, and when we
returned, hungry and tired, we were perfectly charmed to find that Mrs.
Old John had our supper ready for us.</p>
<p>She charged a quarter, extra, for this service, and we did not begrudge it
to her, though we declined her offer to come every day and cook and keep
the place in order.</p>
<p>"However," said Euphemia, on second thoughts, "you may come on Saturday
and clean up generally."</p>
<p>The next day, which was Friday, I went out in the morning with the gun. As
yet I had shot nothing, for I had seen no birds about the camp, which,
without breaking the State laws, I thought I could kill, and so I started
off up the river-road.</p>
<p>I saw no game, but after I had walked about a mile, I met a man in a
wagon.</p>
<p>"Hello," said he, pulling up; "you'd better be careful how you go popping
around here on the public roads, frightening horses."</p>
<p>As I had not yet fired a single shot, I thought this was a very impudent
speech, and I think so still.</p>
<p>"You had better wait until I begin to pop," said I, "before you make such
a fuss about it."</p>
<p>"No," said he, "I'd rather make the fuss before you begin. My horse is
skittish," and he drove off.</p>
<p>This man annoyed me; but as I did not, of course, wish to frighten horses,
I left the road and made my way back to the tent over some very rough
fields. It was a poor day for birds, and I did not get a shot.</p>
<p>"What a foolish man!" said Euphemia, when I told her the above incident,
"to talk that way when you stood there with a gun in your hand. You might
have raked his wagon, fore and aft."</p>
<p>That afternoon, as Euphemia and I were sitting under a tree by the tent,
we were very much surprised to see Pomona come walking down the peninsula.</p>
<p>I was annoyed and provoked at this. We had given Pomona positive orders
not to leave the place, under any pretense, while we were gone. If
necessary to send for anything, she could go to the fence, back of the
barn, and scream across a small field to some of the numerous members of
old John's family. Under this arrangement, I felt that the house was
perfectly safe.</p>
<p>Before she could reach us, I called out:</p>
<p>"Why did you leave the house, Pomona? Don't you know you should never come
away and leave the house empty? I thought I had made you understand that."</p>
<p>"It isn't empty," said Pomona, in an entirely unruffled tone. "Your old
boarder is there, with his wife and child."</p>
<p>Euphemia and I looked at each other in dismay.</p>
<p>"They came early this afternoon," continued Pomona, "by the 1:14 train,
and walked up, he carrying the child."</p>
<p>"It can't be," cried Euphemia. "Their child's married."</p>
<p>"It must have married very young, then," said Pomona, "for it isn't over
four years old now."</p>
<p>"Oh!" said Euphemia, "I know! It's his grandchild."</p>
<p>"Grandchild!" repeated Pomona, with her countenance more expressive of
emotion than I had ever yet seen it.</p>
<p>"Yes," said Euphemia; "but how long are they going to stay? Where did you
tell them we were?"</p>
<p>"They didn't say how long they was goin' to stay," answered Pomona. "I
told them you had gone to be with some friends in the country, and that I
didn't know whether you'd be home to-night or not."</p>
<p>"How could you tell them such a falsehood?" cried Euphemia.</p>
<p>"That was no falsehood," said Pomona; "it was true as truth. If you're not
your own friends, I don't know who is. And I wasn't a-goin' to tell the
boarder where you was till I found out whether you wanted me to do it or
not. And so I left 'em and run over to old John's, and then down here."</p>
<p>It was impossible to find fault with the excellent management of Pomona.</p>
<p>"What were they doing?" asked Euphemia.</p>
<p>"I opened the parlor, and she was in there with the child,—putting
it to sleep on the sofa, I think. The boarder was out in the yard, tryin'
to teach Lord Edward some tricks."</p>
<p>"He had better look out!" I exclaimed.</p>
<p>"Oh, the dog's chained and growlin' fearful! What am I to do with 'em?"</p>
<p>This was a difficult point to decide. If we went to see them, we might as
well break up our camp, for we could not tell when we should be able to
come back to it.</p>
<p>We discussed the matter very anxiously, and finally concluded that under
the circumstances, and considering what Pomona had said about our
whereabouts, it would be well for us to stay where we were and for Pomona
to take charge of the visitors. If they returned to the city that evening,
she was to give them a good supper before they went, sending John to the
store for what was needed. If they stayed all night, she could get
breakfast for them.</p>
<p>"We can write," said Euphemia, "and invite them to come and spend some
days with us, when we are at home and everything is all right. I want
dreadfully to see that child, but I don't see how I can do it now."</p>
<p>"No," said I. "They're sure to stay all night if we go up to the house,
and then I should have to have the tent and things hauled away, for I
couldn't leave them here."</p>
<p>"The fact is," said Euphemia, "if we were miles away, in the woods of
Maine, we couldn't leave our camp to see anybody. And this is practically
the same."</p>
<p>"Certainly," said I; and so Pomona went away to her new charge.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XI. THE BOARDER'S VISIT. </h2>
<p>For the rest of the afternoon, and indeed far into the night, our
conversation consisted almost entirely of conjectures regarding the
probable condition of things at the house. We both thought we had done
right, but we felt badly about it. It was not hospitable, to be sure; but
then I should have no other holiday until next year, and our friends could
come at any time to see us.</p>
<p>The next morning old John brought a note from Pomona. It was written with
pencil on a small piece of paper torn from the margin of a newspaper, and
contained the words, "Here yit."</p>
<p>"So you've got company," said old John, with a smile. "That's a queer gal
of yourn. She says I mustn't tell 'em you're here. As if I'd tell 'em!"</p>
<p>We knew well enough that old John was not at all likely to do anything
that would cut off the nice little revenue he was making out of our camp,
and so we felt no concern on that score.</p>
<p>But we were very anxious for further news, and we told old John to go to
the house about ten o'clock and ask Pomona to send us another note.</p>
<p>We waited, in a very disturbed condition of mind, until nearly eleven
o'clock, when old John came with a verbal message from Pomona:</p>
<p>"She says she's a-comin' herself as soon as she can get a chance to slip
off."</p>
<p>This was not pleasant news. It filled our minds with a confused mass of
probabilities, and it made us feel mean. How contemptible it seemed to be
a party to this concealment and in league with a servant-girl who has to
"slip off!"</p>
<p>Before long, Pomona appeared, quite out of breath.</p>
<p>"In all my life," said she, "I never see people like them two. I thought I
was never goin' to get away."</p>
<p>"Are they there yet?" cried Euphemia.</p>
<p>"How long are they going to stay?"</p>
<p>"Dear knows!" replied Pomona. "Their valise came up by express last
night."</p>
<p>"Oh, we'll have to go up to the house," said Euphemia. "It won't do to
stay away any longer."</p>
<p>"Well," said Pomona, fanning herself with her apron, "if you know'd all I
know, I don't think you'd think so."</p>
<p>"What do you mean?" said Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Well, ma'am, they've just settled down and taken possession of the whole
place. He says to me that he know'd you'd both want them to make
themselves at home, just as if you was there, and they thought they'd
better do it. He asked me did I think you would be home by Monday, and I
said I didn't know, but I guessed you would. So says he to his wife,
'Won't that be a jolly lark? We'll just keep house for them here till they
come. And he says he would go down to the store and order some things, if
there wasn't enough in the house, and he asked her to see what would be
needed, which she did, and he's gone down for 'em now. And she says that,
as it was Saturday, she'd see that the house was all put to rights; and
after breakfast she set me to sweepin'; and it's only by way of her
dustin' the parlor and givin' me the little girl to take for a walk that I
got off at all."</p>
<p>"But what have you done with the child?" exclaimed Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Oh, I left her at old Johnses."</p>
<p>"And so you think they're pleased with having the house to themselves?" I
said.</p>
<p>"Pleased, sir?" replied Pomona; "they're tickled to death."</p>
<p>"But how do you like having strangers telling you what to do?" asked
Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Oh, well," said Pomona, "he's no stranger, and she's real pleasant, and
if it gives you a good camp out, I don't mind."</p>
<p>Euphemia and I looked at each other. Here was true allegiance. We would
remember this.</p>
<p>Pomona now hurried off, and we seriously discussed the matter, and soon
came to the conclusion that while it might be the truest hospitality to
let our friends stay at our house for a day or two and enjoy themselves,
still it would not do for us to allow ourselves to be governed by a too
delicate sentimentality. We must go home and act our part of host and
hostess.</p>
<p>Mrs. Old John had been at the camp ever since breakfast-time, giving the
place a Saturday cleaning. What she had found to occupy her for so long a
time I could not imagine, but in her efforts to put in a full half-day's
work, I have no doubt she scrubbed some of the trees. We had been so fully
occupied with our own affairs that we had paid very little attention to
her, but she had probably heard pretty much all that had been said.</p>
<p>At noon we paid her (giving her, at her suggestion, something extra in
lieu of the midday meal, which she did not stay to take), and told her to
send her husband, with his wagon, as soon as possible, as we intended to
break up our encampment. We determined that we would pack everything in
John's wagon, and let him take the load to his house, and keep it there
until Monday, when I would have the tent and accompaniments expressed to
their owner. We would go home and join our friends. It would not be
necessary to say where we had been.</p>
<p>It was hard for us to break up our camp. In many respects we had enjoyed
the novel experience, and we had fully expected, during the next week, to
make up for all our short-comings and mistakes. It seemed like losing all
our labor and expenditure, to break up now, but there was no help for it.
Our place was at home.</p>
<p>We did not wish to invite our friends to the camp. They would certainly
have come had they known we were there, but we had no accommodations for
them, neither had we any desire for even transient visitors. Besides, we
both thought that we would prefer that our ex-boarder and his wife should
not know that we were encamped on that little peninsula.</p>
<p>We set to work to pack up and get ready for moving, but the afternoon
passed away without bringing old John. Between five and six o'clock along
came his oldest boy, with a bucket of water.</p>
<p>"I'm to go back after the milk," he said.</p>
<p>"Hold up!" I cried. "Where is your father and his wagon? We've been
waiting for him for hours."</p>
<p>"The horse is si—— I mean he's gone to Ballville for oats."</p>
<p>"And why didn't he send and tell me?" I asked.</p>
<p>"There wasn't nobody to send," answered the boy.</p>
<p>"You are not telling the truth," exclaimed Euphemia; "there is always some
one to send, in a family like yours."</p>
<p>To this the boy made no answer, but again said that he would go after the
milk.</p>
<p>"We want you to bring no milk," I cried, now quite angry. "I want you to
go down to the station, and tell the driver of the express-wagon to come
here immediately. Do you understand? Immediately."</p>
<p>The boy declared he understood, and started off quite willingly. We did
not prefer to have the express-wagon, for it was too public a conveyance,
and, besides, old John knew exactly how to do what was required. But we
need not have troubled ourselves. The express-wagon did not come.</p>
<p>When it became dark, we saw that we could not leave that night. Even if a
wagon did come, it would not be safe to drive over the fields in the
darkness. And we could not go away and leave the camp-equipage. I proposed
that Euphemia should go up to the house, while I remained in camp. But she
declined. We would keep together, whatever happened, she said.</p>
<p>We unpacked our cooking-utensils and provisions, and had supper. There was
no milk for our coffee, but we did not care. The evening did not pass
gayly. We were annoyed by the conduct of old John and the express-boy,
though, perhaps, it was not their fault. I had given them no notice that I
should need them.</p>
<p>And we were greatly troubled at the continuance of the secrecy and
subterfuge which now had become really necessary, if we did not wish to
hurt our friends' feelings.</p>
<p>The first thing that I thought of, when I opened my eyes in the morning,
was the fact that we would have to stay there all day, for we could not
move on Sunday.</p>
<p>But Euphemia did not agree with me. After breakfast (we found that the
water and the milk had been brought very early, before we were up) she
stated that she did not intend to be treated in this way. She was going up
to old John's house herself; and away she went.</p>
<p>In less than half an hour, she returned, followed by old John and his
wife, both looking much as if they had been whipped.</p>
<p>"These people," said she, "have entered into a conspiracy against us. I
have questioned them thoroughly, and have made them answer me. The horse
was at home yesterday, and the boy did not go after the express-wagon.
They thought that if they could keep us here, until our company had gone,
we would stay as long as we originally intended, and they would continue
to make money out of us. But they are mistaken. We are going home
immediately."</p>
<p>At this point I could not help thinking that Euphemia might have consulted
me in regard to her determination, but she was very much in earnest, and I
would not have any discussion before these people.</p>
<p>"Now, listen!" said Euphemia, addressing the down-cast couple, "we are
going home, and you two are to stay here all this day and to-night, and
take care of these things. You can't work to-day, and you can shut up your
house, and bring your whole family here if you choose. We will pay you for
the service,—although you do not deserve a cent,—and we will
leave enough here for you to eat. You must bring your own sheets and
pillowcases, and stay here until we see you on Monday morning."</p>
<p>Old John and his wife agreed to this plan with the greatest alacrity,
apparently well pleased to get off so easily; and, having locked up the
smaller articles of camp-furniture, we filled a valise with our personal
baggage and started off home.</p>
<p>Our house and grounds never looked prettier than they did that morning, as
we stood at the gate. Lord Edward barked a welcome from his shed, and
before we reached the door, Pomona came running out, her face radiant.</p>
<p>"I'm awful glad to see you back," she said; "though I'd never have said so
while you was in camp."</p>
<p>I patted the dog and looked into the garden. Everything was growing
splendidly. Euphemia rushed to the chicken-yard. It was in first-rate
order, and there were two broods of little yellow puffy chicks.</p>
<p>Down on her knees went my wife, to pick up the little creatures, one by
one, press their downy bodies to her cheek, and call them tootsy-wootsies,
and away went I to the barn, followed by Pomona, and soon afterward by
Euphemia.</p>
<p>The cow was all right.</p>
<p>"I've been making butter," said Pomona, "though it don't look exactly like
it ought to, yet, and the skim-milk I didn't know what to do with, so I
gave it to old John. He came for it every day, and was real mad once
because I had given a lot of it to the dog, and couldn't let him have but
a pint."</p>
<p>"He ought to have been mad," said I to Euphemia, as we walked up to the
house. "He got ten cents a quart for that milk."</p>
<p>We laughed, and didn't care. We were too glad to be at home.</p>
<p>"But where are our friends?" I asked Pomona. We had actually forgotten
them.</p>
<p>"Oh! they're gone out for a walk," said she. "They started off right after
breakfast."</p>
<p>We were not sorry for this. It would be so much nicer to see our dear home
again when there was nobody there but ourselves. In-doors we rushed. Our
absence had been like rain on a garden. Everything now seemed fresher and
brighter and more delightful. We went from room to room, and seemed to
appreciate better than ever what a charming home we had.</p>
<p>We were so full of the delights of our return that we forgot all about the
Sunday dinner and our guests, but Pomona, whom my wife was training to be
an excellent cook, did not forget, and Euphemia was summoned to a
consultation in the kitchen.</p>
<p>Dinner was late; but our guests were later. We waited as long as the state
of the provisions and our appetites would permit, and then we sat down to
the table and began to eat slowly. But they did not come. We finished our
meal, and they were still absent. We now became quite anxious, and I
proposed to Euphemia that we should go and look for them.</p>
<p>We started out, and our steps naturally turned toward the river. An
unpleasant thought began to crowd itself into my mind, and perhaps the
same thing happened to Euphemia, for, without saying anything to each
other, we both turned toward the path that led to the peninsula. We
crossed the field, climbed the fence, and there, in front of the tent sat
our old boarder splitting sticks with the camp-hatchet.</p>
<p>"Hurrah!" he cried, springing to his feet when he saw us. "How glad I am
to see you back! When did you return? Isn't this splendid?"</p>
<p>"What?" I said, as we shook hands.</p>
<p>"Why this," he cried, pointing to the tent. "Don't you see? We're camping
out."</p>
<p>"You are?" I exclaimed, looking around for his wife, while Euphemia stood
motionless, actually unable to make a remark.</p>
<p>"Certainly we are. It's the rarest bit of luck. My wife and Adele will be
here directly. They've gone to look for water-cresses. But I must tell you
how I came to make this magnificent find. We started out for a walk this
morning, and we happened to hit on this place, and here we saw this
gorgeous tent with nobody near but a little tow-headed boy."</p>
<p>"Only a boy?" cried Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Yes, a young shaver of about nine or ten. I asked him what he was doing
here, and he told me that this tent belonged to a gentleman who had gone
away, and that he was here to watch it until he came back. Then I asked
him how long the owner would probably be away, and he said he supposed for
a day or two. Then a splendid idea struck me. I offered the boy a dollar
to let me take his place: I knew that any sensible man would rather have
me in charge of his tent, than a young codger like that. The boy agreed as
quick as lightning, and I paid him and sent him off. You see how little he
was to be trusted! The owner of this tent will be under the greatest
obligations to me. Just look at it!" he cried. "Beds, table, stove,—everything
anybody could want. I've camped out lots of times, but never had such a
tent as this. I intended coming up this afternoon after my valise, and to
tell your girl where we are. But here is my wife and little Adele."</p>
<p>In the midst of the salutations and the mutual surprise, Euphemia cried:</p>
<p>"But you don't expect to camp out, now? You are coming back to our house?"</p>
<p>"You see," said the ex-boarder, "we should never have thought of doing
anything so rude, had we supposed you would have returned so soon. But
your girl gave us to understand that you would not be back for days, and
so we felt free to go at any time; and I did not hesitate to make this
arrangement. And now that I have really taken the responsibility of the
tent and fixtures on myself, I don't think it would be right to go away
and leave the place, especially as I don't know where to find that boy.
The owner will be back in a day or two, and I would like to explain
matters to him and give up the property in good order into his hands. And,
to tell the truth, we both adore camping-out, and we may never have such a
chance again. We can live here splendidly. I went out to forage this
morning, and found an old fellow living near by who sold me a lot of
provisions—even some coffee and sugar—and he's to bring us
some milk. We're going to have supper in about an hour; won't you stay and
take a camp-meal with us? It will be a novelty for you, at any rate."</p>
<p>We declined this invitation, as we had so lately dined. I looked at
Euphemia with a question in my eye. She understood me, and gently shook
her head. It would be a shame to make any explanations which might put an
end to this bit of camp-life, which evidently was so eagerly enjoyed by
our old friend. But we insisted that they should come up to the house and
see us, and they agreed to dine with us the next evening. On Tuesday, they
must return to the city.</p>
<p>"Now, this is what I call real hospitality," said the ex-boarder, warmly
grasping my hand. I could not help agreeing with him.</p>
<p>As we walked home, I happened to look back and saw old John going over the
fields toward the camp, carrying a little tin-pail and a water bucket.</p>
<p>The next day, toward evening, a storm set in, and at the hour fixed for
our dinner, the rain was pouring down in such torrents that we did not
expect our guests. After dinner the rain ceased, and as we supposed that
they might not have made any preparations for a meal, Euphemia packed up
some dinner for them in a basket, and I took it down to the camp.</p>
<p>They were glad to see me, and said they had a splendid time all day. They
were up before sunrise, and had explored, tramped, boated, and I don't
know what else.</p>
<p>My basket was very acceptable, and I would have stayed awhile with them,
but as they were obliged to eat in the tent, there was no place for me to
sit, it being too wet outside, and so I soon came away.</p>
<p>We were in doubt whether or not to tell our friends the true history of
the camp. I thought that it was not right to keep up the deception, while
Euphemia declared that if they were sensitive people, they would feel very
badly at having broken up our plans by their visit, and then having
appropriated our camp to themselves. She thought it would be the part of
magnanimity to say nothing about it.</p>
<p>I could not help seeing a good deal of force in her arguments, although I
wished very much to set the thing straight, and we discussed the matter
again as we walked down to the camp, after breakfast next morning.</p>
<p>There we found old John sitting on a stump. He said nothing, but handed me
a note written in lead-pencil on a card. It was from our ex-boarder, and
informed me that early that morning he had found that there was a tug
lying in the river, which would soon start for the city. He also found
that he could get passage on her for his party, and as this was such a
splendid chance to go home without the bother of getting up to the
station, he had just bundled his family and his valise on board, and was
very sorry they did not have time to come up and bid us good-bye. The tent
he left in charge of a very respectable man, from whom he had had
supplies.</p>
<p>That morning I had the camp-equipage packed up and expressed to its owner.
We did not care to camp out any more that season, but thought it would be
better to spend the rest of my vacation at the sea-shore.</p>
<p>Our ex-boarder wrote to us that he and his wife were anxious that we
should return their visit during my holidays; but as we did not see
exactly how we could return a visit of the kind, we did not try to do it.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XII. LORD EDWARD AND THE TREE-MAN. </h2>
<p>It was winter at Rudder Grange. The season was the same at other places,
but that fact did not particularly interest Euphemia and myself. It was
winter with us, and we were ready for it. That was the great point, and it
made us proud to think that we had not been taken unawares,
notwithstanding the many things that were to be thought of on a little
farm like ours.</p>
<p>It is true that we had always been prepared for winter, wherever we had
lived; but this was a different case. In other days it did not matter much
whether we were ready or not; but now our house, our cow, our poultry, and
indeed ourselves, might have suffered,—there is no way of finding
out exactly how much,—if we had not made all possible preparations
for the coming of cold weather.</p>
<p>But there was a great deal yet to be thought of and planned out, although
we were ready for winter. The next thing to think of was spring.</p>
<p>We laid out the farm. We decided where we would have wheat, corn,
potatoes, and oats. We would have a man by the day to sow and reap. The
intermediate processes I thought I could attend to myself.</p>
<p>Everything was talked over, ciphered over, and freely discussed by my wife
and myself, except one matter, which I planned and worked out alone, doing
most of the necessary calculations at the office, so as not to excite
Euphemia's curiosity.</p>
<p>I had determined to buy a horse. This would be one of the most important
events of our married life, and it demanded a great deal of thought, which
I gave it.</p>
<p>The horse was chosen for me by a friend. He was an excellent beast (the
horse), excelling, as my friend told me, in muscle and wit. Nothing better
than this could be said about a horse. He was a sorrel animal, quite
handsome, gentle enough for Euphemia to drive, and not too high-minded to
do a little farm-work, if necessary. He was exactly the animal I needed.</p>
<p>The carriage was not quite such a success. The horse having cost a good
deal more than I expected to pay, I found that I could only afford a
second-hand carriage. I bought a good, serviceable vehicle, which would
hold four persons, if necessary, and there was room enough to pack all
sorts of parcels and baskets. It was with great satisfaction that I
contemplated this feature of the carriage, which was a rather
rusty-looking affair, although sound and strong enough. The harness was
new, and set off the horse admirably.</p>
<p>On the afternoon when my purchases were completed, I did not come home by
the train. I drove home in my own carriage, drawn by my own horse! The ten
miles' drive was over a smooth road, and the sorrel traveled splendidly.
If I had been a line of kings a mile long, all in their chariots of state,
with gold and silver, and outriders, and music, and banners waving in the
wind, I could not have been prouder than when I drew up in front of my
house.</p>
<p>There was a wagon-gate at one side of the front fence which had never been
used except by the men who brought coal, and I got out and opened this,
very quietly, so as not to attract the attention of Euphemia. It was
earlier than I usually returned, and she would not be expecting me. I was
then about to lead the horse up a somewhat grass-grown carriage-way to the
front door, but I reflected that Euphemia might be looking out of some of
the windows and I had better drive up. So I got in and drove very slowly
to the door.</p>
<p>However, she heard the unaccustomed noise of wheels, and looked out of the
parlor window. She did not see me, but immediately came around to the
door. I hurried out of the carriage so quickly that, not being familiar
with the steps, I barely escaped tripping.</p>
<p>When she opened the front door she was surprised to see me standing by the
horse.</p>
<p>"Have you hired a carriage?" she cried. "Are we going to ride?"</p>
<p>"My dear," said I, as I took her by the hand, "we are going to ride. But I
have not hired a carriage. I have bought one. Do you see this horse? He is
ours—our own horse."</p>
<p>If you could have seen the face that was turned up to me,—all you
other men in the world,—you would have torn your hair in despair.</p>
<p>Afterward she went around and around that horse; she patted his smooth
sides; she looked, with admiration, at his strong, well-formed legs; she
stroked his head; she smoothed his mane; she was brimful of joy.</p>
<p>When I had brought the horse some water in a bucket—and what a
pleasure it was to water one's own horse!—Euphemia rushed into the
house and got her hat and cloak, and we took a little drive.</p>
<p>I doubt if any horse ever drew two happier people. Euphemia said but
little about the carriage. That was a necessary adjunct, and it was good
enough for the present. But the horse! How nobly and with what vigor he
pulled us up the hills and how carefully and strongly he held the carriage
back as we went down! How easily he trotted over the level road, caring
nothing for the ten miles he had gone that afternoon! What a sensation of
power it gave us to think that all that strength and speed and endurance
was ours, that it would go where we wished, that it would wait for us as
long as we chose, that it was at our service day and night, that it was a
horse, and we owned it!</p>
<p>When we returned, Pomona saw us drive in,—she had not known of our
ride,—and when she heard the news she was as wild with proud delight
as anybody. She wanted to unharness him, but this I could not allow. We
did not wish to be selfish, but after she had seen and heard what we
thought was enough for her, we were obliged to send her back to the
kitchen for the sake of the dinner.</p>
<p>Then we unharnessed him. I say we, for Euphemia stood by and I explained
everything, for some day, she said, she might want to do it herself. Then
I led him into the stable. How nobly he trod, and how finely his hoofs
sounded on the stable floor!</p>
<p>There was hay in the mow and I had brought a bag of oats under the seat of
the carriage.</p>
<p>"Isn't it just delightful," said Euphemia, "that we haven't any man? If we
had a man he would take the horse at the door, and we should be deprived
of all this. It wouldn't be half like owning a horse."</p>
<p>In the morning I drove down to the station, Euphemia by my side. She drove
back and Old John came up and attended to the horse. This he was to do,
for the present, for a small stipend. In the afternoon Euphemia came down
after me. How I enjoyed those rides! Before this I had thought it ever so
much more pleasant and healthful to walk to and from the station than to
ride, but then I did not own a horse. At night I attended to everything,
Euphemia generally following me about the stable with a lantern. When the
days grew longer we would have delightful rides after dinner, and even now
we planned to have early breakfasts, and go to the station by the longest
possible way.</p>
<p>One day, in the following spring, I was riding home from the station with
Euphemia,—we seldom took pleasure-drives now, we were so busy on the
place,—and as we reached the house I heard the dog barking savagely.
He was loose in the little orchard by the side of the house. As I drove
in, Pomona came running to the carriage.</p>
<p>"Man up the tree!" she shouted.</p>
<p>I helped Euphemia out, left the horse standing by the door, and ran to the
dog, followed by my wife and Pomona. Sure enough, there was a man up the
tree, and Lord Edward was doing his best to get at him, springing wildly
at the tree and fairly shaking with rage.</p>
<p>I looked up at the man, he was a thoroughbred tramp, burly, dirty,
generally unkempt, but, unlike most tramps, he looked very much
frightened. His position, on a high crotch of an apple-tree, was not
altogether comfortable, and although, for the present, it was safe, the
fellow seemed to have a wavering faith in the strength of apple-tree
branches, and the moment he saw me, he earnestly besought me to take that
dog away, and let him down.</p>
<p>I made no answer, but turning to Pomona, I asked her what this all meant.</p>
<p>"Why, sir, you see," said she, "I was in the kitchen bakin' pies, and this
fellow must have got over the fence at the side of the house, for the dog
didn't see him, and the first thing I know'd he was stickin' his head in
the window, and he asked me to give him somethin' to eat. And when I said
I'd see in a minute if there was anything for him, he says to me, 'Gim me
a piece of one of them pies,'—pies I'd just baked and was settin' to
cool on the kitchen table! 'No, sir,' says I, 'I'm not goin' to cut one of
them pies for you, or any one like you.' 'All right!' says he. 'I'll come
in and help myself.' He must have known there was no man about, and,
comin' the way he did, he hadn't seen the dog. So he come round to the
kitchen door, but I shot out before he got there and unchained Lord
Edward. I guess he saw the dog, when he got to the door, and at any rate
he heard the chain clankin', and he didn't go in, but just put for the
gate. But Lord Edward was after him so quick that he hadn't no time to go
to no gates. It was all he could do to scoot up this tree, and if he'd
been a millionth part of a minute later he'd 'a' been in another world by
this time."</p>
<p>The man, who had not attempted to interrupt Pomona's speech, now began
again to implore me to let him down, while Euphemia looked pitifully at
him, and was about, I think, to intercede with me in his favor, but my
attention was drawn off from her, by the strange conduct of the dog.
Believing, I suppose, that he might leave the tramp for a moment, now that
I had arrived, he had dashed away to another tree, where he was barking
furiously, standing on his hind legs and clawing at the trunk.</p>
<p>"What's the matter over there?" I asked.</p>
<p>"Oh, that's the other fellow," said Pomona. "He's no harm." And then, as
the tramp made a movement as if he would try to come down, and make a rush
for safety, during the absence of the dog, she called out, "Here, boy!
here, boy!" and in an instant Lord Edward was again raging at his post, at
the foot of the apple-tree.</p>
<p>I was grievously puzzled at all this, and walked over to the other tree,
followed, as before, by Euphemia and Pomona.</p>
<p>"This one," said the latter, "is a tree-man—"</p>
<p>"I should think so," said I, as I caught sight of a person in gray
trowsers standing among the branches of a cherry-tree not very far from
the kitchen door. The tree was not a large one, and the branches were not
strong enough to allow him to sit down on them, although they supported
him well enough, as he stood close to the trunk just out of reach of Lord
Edward.</p>
<p>"This is a very unpleasant position, sir," said he, when I reached the
tree. "I simply came into your yard, on a matter of business, and finding
that raging beast attacking a person in a tree, I had barely time to get
up into this tree myself, before he dashed at me. Luckily I was out of his
reach; but I very much fear I have lost some of my property."</p>
<p>"No, he hasn't," said Pomona. "It was a big book he dropped. I picked it
up and took it into the house. It's full of pictures of pears and peaches
and flowers. I've been lookin' at it. That's how I knew what he was. And
there was no call for his gittin' up a tree. Lord Edward never would have
gone after him if he hadn't run as if he had guilt on his soul."</p>
<p>"I suppose, then," said I, addressing the individual in the cherry-tree,
"that you came here to sell me some trees."</p>
<p>"Yes, sir," said he quickly, "trees, shrubs, vines, evergreens,—everything
suitable for a gentleman's country villa. I can sell you something quite
remarkable, sir, in the way of cherry-trees,—French ones, just
imported; bear fruit three times the size of anything that could be
produced on a tree like this. And pears—fruit of the finest flavor
and enormous size—"</p>
<p>"Yes," said Pomona. "I seen them in the book. But they must grow on a
ground-vine. No tree couldn't hold such pears as them."</p>
<p>Here Euphemia reproved Pomona's forwardness, and I invited the tree-agent
to get down out of the tree.</p>
<p>"Thank you," said he; "but not while that dog is loose. If you will kindly
chain him up, I will get my book, and show you specimens of some of the
finest small fruit in the world, all imported from the first nurseries of
Europe—the Red-gold Amber Muscat grape,—the—"</p>
<p>"Oh, please let him down!" said Euphemia, her eyes beginning to sparkle.</p>
<p>I slowly walked toward the tramp-tree, revolving various matters in my
mind. We had not spent much money on the place during the winter, and we
now had a small sum which we intended to use for the advantage of the
farm, but had not yet decided what to do with it. It behooved me to be
careful.</p>
<p>I told Pomona to run and get me the dog-chain, and I stood under the tree,
listening, as well as I could, to the tree-agent talking to Euphemia, and
paying no attention to the impassioned entreaties of the tramp in the
crotch above me. When the chain was brought, I hooked one end of it in
Lord Edward's collar, and then I took a firm grasp of the other. Telling
Pomona to bring the tree-agent's book from the house, I called to that
individual to get down from his tree. He promptly obeyed, and taking the
book from Pomona, began to show the pictures to Euphemia.</p>
<p>"You had better hurry, sir," I called out. "I can't hold this dog very
long." And, indeed, Lord Edward had made a run toward the agent, which
jerked me very forcibly in his direction. But a movement by the tramp had
quickly brought the dog back to his more desired victim.</p>
<p>"If you will just tie up that dog, sir," said the agent, "and come this
way, I would like to show you the Meltinagua pear,—dissolves in the
mouth like snow, sir; trees will bear next year."</p>
<p>"Oh, come look at the Royal Sparkling Ruby grape!" cried Euphemia. "It
glows in the sun like a gem."</p>
<p>"Yes," said the agent, "and fills the air with fragrance during the whole
month of September—"</p>
<p>"I tell you," I shouted, "I can't hold this dog another minute! The chain
is cutting the skin off my hands. Run, sir, run! I'm going to let go!"</p>
<p>"Run! run!" cried Pomona. "Fly for your life!"</p>
<p>The agent now began to be frightened, and shut up his book.</p>
<p>"If you only could see the plates, sir, I'm sure—"</p>
<p>"Are you ready?" I cried, as the dog, excited by Pomona's wild shouts,
made a bolt in his direction.</p>
<p>"Good-day, if I must—" said the agent, as he hurried to the gate.
But there he stopped.</p>
<p>"There is nothing, sir," he said, "that would so improve your place as a
row of the Spitzenberg Sweet-scented Balsam fir along this fence. I'll
sell you three-year-old trees—"</p>
<p>"He's loose!" I shouted, as I dropped the chain.</p>
<p>In a second the agent was on the other side of the gate. Lord Edward made
a dash toward him; but, stopping suddenly, flew back to the tree of the
tramp.</p>
<p>"If you should conclude, sir," said the tree-agent, looking over the
fence, "to have a row of those firs along here—"</p>
<p>"My good sir," said I, "there is no row of firs there now, and the fence
is not very high. My dog, as you see, is very much excited and I cannot
answer for the consequences if he takes it into his head to jump over."</p>
<p>The tree-agent turned and walked slowly away.</p>
<p>"Now, look-a-here," cried the tramp from the tree, in the voice of a very
ill-used person, "ain't you goin' to fasten up that dog, and let me git
down?"</p>
<p>I walked up close to the tree and addressed him.</p>
<p>"No," said I, "I am not. When a man comes to my place, bullies a young
girl who was about to relieve his hunger, and then boldly determines to
enter my house and help himself to my property, I don't propose to fasten
up any dog that may happen to be after him. If I had another dog, I'd let
him loose, and give this faithful beast a rest. You can do as you please.
You can come down and have it out with the dog, or you can stay up there,
until I have had my dinner. Then I will drive down to the village and
bring up the constable, and deliver you into his hands. We want no such
fellows as you about."</p>
<p>With that, I unhooked the chain from Lord Edward, and walked off to put up
the horse. The man shouted after me, but I paid no attention. I did not
feel in a good humor with him.</p>
<p>Euphemia was much disturbed by the various occurrences of the afternoon.
She was sorry for the man in the tree; she was sorry that the agent for
the Royal Ruby grape had been obliged to go away; and I had a good deal of
trouble during dinner to make her see things in the proper light. But I
succeeded at last.</p>
<p>I did not hurry through dinner, and when we had finished I went to my work
at the barn. Tramps are not generally pressed for time, and Pomona had
been told to give our captive something to eat.</p>
<p>I was just locking the door of the carriage-house, when Pomona came
running to me to tell me that the tramp wanted to see me about something
very important—just a minute, he said. I put the key in my pocket
and walked over to the tree. It was now almost dark, but I could see that
the dog, the tramp, and the tree still kept their respective places.</p>
<p>"Look-a-here," said the individual in the crotch, "you don't know how
dreadful oneasy these limbs gits after you've been settin up here as long
as I have. And I don't want to have nuthin to do with no constables. I'll
tell you what I'll do if you'll chain up that dog, and let me go, I'll fix
things so that you'll not be troubled no more by no tramps."</p>
<p>"How will you do that?" I asked.</p>
<p>"Oh, never you mind," said he. "I'll give you my word of honor I'll do it.
There's a reg'lar understandin' among us fellers, you know."</p>
<p>I considered the matter. The word of honor of a fellow such as he was
could not be worth much, but the merest chance of getting rid of tramps
should not be neglected. I went in to talk to Euphemia about it, although
I knew what she would say. I reasoned with myself as much as with her.</p>
<p>"If we put this one fellow in prison for a few weeks," I said, "the
benefit is not very great. If we are freed from all tramps, for the
season, the benefit is very great. Shall we try for the greatest good?"</p>
<p>"Certainly," said Euphemia; "and his legs must be dreadfully stiff."</p>
<p>So I went out, and after a struggle of some minutes, I chained Lord Edward
to a post at a little distance from the apple-tree. When he was secure,
the tramp descended nimbly from his perch, notwithstanding his stiff legs,
and hurried out of the gate. He stopped to make no remarks over the fence.
With a wild howl of disappointed ambition, Lord Edward threw himself after
him. But the chain held.</p>
<p>A lane of moderate length led from our house to the main road, and the
next day, as we were riding home, I noticed, on the trunk of a large tree,
which stood at the corner of the lane and road, a curious mark. I drew up
to see what it was, but we could not make it out. It was a very rude
device, cut deeply into the tree, and somewhat resembled a square, a
circle, a triangle, and a cross, with some smaller marks beneath it. I
felt sure that our tramp had cut it, and that it had some significance,
which would be understood by the members of his fraternity.</p>
<p>And it must have had, for no tramps came near us all that summer. We were
visited by a needy person now and then, but by no member of the regular
army of tramps.</p>
<p>One afternoon, that fall, I walked home, and at the corner of the lane I
saw a tramp looking up at the mark on the tree, which was still quite
distinct.</p>
<p>"What does that mean?" I said, stepping up to him.</p>
<p>"How do I know?" said the man, "and what do you want to know fur?"</p>
<p>"Just out of curiosity," I said; "I have often noticed it. I think you can
tell me what it means, and if you will do so, I'll give you a dollar."</p>
<p>"And keep mum about it?" said the man.</p>
<p>"Yes," I replied, taking out the dollar.</p>
<p>"All right!" said the tramp. "That sign means that the man that lives up
this lane is a mean, stingy cuss, with a wicked dog, and it's no good to
go there."</p>
<p>I handed him the dollar and went away, perfectly satisfied with my
reputation.</p>
<p>I wish here to make some mention of Euphemia's methods of work in her
chicken-yard. She kept a book, which she at first called her "Fowl
Record," but she afterward changed the name to "Poultry Register." I never
could thoroughly understand this book, although she has often explained
every part of it to me. She had pages for registering the age,
description, time of purchase or of birth, and subsequent performances of
every fowl in her yard. She had divisions of the book for expenses,
profits, probable losses and positive losses; she noted the number of eggs
put under each setting hen; the number of eggs cracked per day, the number
spoiled, and finally, the number hatched. Each chick, on emerging from its
shell, was registered, and an account kept of its subsequent life and
adventures. There were frequent calculations regarding the advantages of
various methods of treatment, and there were statements of the results of
a great many experiments—something like this: "Set Toppy and her
sister Pinky, April 2nd 187-; Toppy with twelve eggs,—three Brahma,
four common, and five Leghorn; Pinky with thirteen eggs (as she weighs
four ounces more than her sister), of which three were Leghorn, five
common, and five Brahma. During the twenty-second and twenty-third of
April (same year) Toppy hatched out four Brahmas, two commons, and three
Leghorns, while her sister, on these days and the morning of the day
following, hatched two Leghorns, six commons, and only one Brahma. Now,
could Toppy, who had only three Brahma eggs, and hatched out four of that
breed, have exchanged eggs with her sister, thus making it possible for
her to hatch out six common chickens, when she only had five eggs of that
kind? Or, did the eggs get mixed up in some way before going into the
possession of the hens? Look into probabilities."</p>
<p>These probabilities must have puzzled Euphemia a great deal, but they
never disturbed her equanimity. She was always as tranquil and
good-humored about her poultry-yard as if every hen laid an egg every day,
and a hen-chick was hatched out of every egg.</p>
<p>For it may be remembered that the principle underlying Euphemia's
management of her poultry was what might be designated as the "cumulative
hatch." That is, she wished every chicken hatched in her yard to become
the mother of a brood of her own during the year, and every one of this
brood to raise another brood the next year, and so on, in a kind of
geometrical progression. This plan called for a great many mother-fowls,
and so Euphemia based her highest hopes on a great annual preponderance of
hens.</p>
<p>We ate a good many young roosters that fall, for Euphemia would not allow
all the products of her yard to go to market, and, also, a great many eggs
and fowls were sold. She had not contented herself with her original stock
of poultry, but had bought fowls during the winter, and she certainly had
extraordinary good luck, or else her extraordinary system worked
extraordinarily well.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XIII. POMONA'S NOVEL. </h2>
<p>It was in the latter part of August of that year that it became necessary
for some one in the office in which I was engaged to go to St. Louis to
attend to important business. Everything seemed to point to me as the fit
person, for I understood the particular business better than any one else.
I felt that I ought to go, but I did not altogether like to do it. I went
home, and Euphemia and I talked over the matter far into the regulation
sleeping-hours.</p>
<p>There were very good reasons why we should go (for, of course, I would not
think of taking such a journey without Euphemia). In the first place, it
would be of advantage to me, in my business connection, to take the trip,
and then it would be such a charming journey for us. We had never been
west of the Alleghanies, and nearly all the country we would see would be
new to us. We would come home by the great lakes and Niagara, and the
prospect was delightful to both of us. But then we would have to leave
Rudder Grange for at least three weeks, and how could we do that?</p>
<p>This was indeed a difficult question to answer. Who could take care of our
garden, our poultry, our horse and cow, and all their complicated
belongings? The garden was in admirable condition. Our vegetables were
coming in every day in just that fresh and satisfactory condition—altogether
unknown to people who buy vegetables—for which I had labored so
faithfully, and about which I had had so many cheerful anticipations. As
to Euphemia's chicken-yard,—with Euphemia away,—the subject
was too great for us. We did not even discuss it. But we would give up all
the pleasures of our home for the chance of this most desirable excursion,
if we could but think of some one who would come and take care of the
place while we were gone. Rudder Grange could not run itself for three
weeks.</p>
<p>We thought of every available person. Old John would not do. We did not
feel that we could trust him. We thought of several of our friends; but
there was, in both our minds, a certain shrinking from the idea of handing
over the place to any of them for such a length of time. For my part, I
said, I would rather leave Pomona in charge than any one else; but, then,
Pomona was young and a girl. Euphemia agreed with me that she would rather
trust her than any one else, but she also agreed in regard to the
disqualifications. So, when I went to the office the next morning, we had
fully determined to go on the trip, if we could find some one to take
charge of our place while we were gone. When I returned from the office in
the afternoon, I had agreed to go to St. Louis. By this time, I had no
choice in the matter, unless I wished to interfere very much with my own
interests. We were to start in two days. If in that time we could get any
one to stay at the place, very well; if not, Pomona must assume the
charge. We were not able to get any one, and Pomona did assume the charge.
It is surprising how greatly relieved we felt when we were obliged to come
to this conclusion. The arrangement was exactly what we wanted, and now
that there was no help for it, our consciences were easy.</p>
<p>We felt sure that there would be no danger to Pomona. Lord Edward would be
with her, and she was a young person who was extraordinarily well able to
take care of herself. Old John would be within call in case she needed
him, and I borrowed a bull-dog to be kept in the house at night. Pomona
herself was more than satisfied with the plan.</p>
<p>We made out, the night before we left, a long and minute series of
directions for her guidance in household, garden and farm matters, and
directed her to keep a careful record of everything note worthy that might
occur. She was fully supplied with all the necessaries of life, and it has
seldom happened that a young girl has been left in such a responsible and
independent position as that in which we left Pomona. She was very proud
of it.</p>
<p>Our journey was ten times more delightful than we had expected it would
be, and successful in every way; and yet, although we enjoyed every hour
of the trip, we were no sooner fairly on our way home than we became so
wildly anxious to get there, that we reached Rudder Grange on Wednesday,
whereas we had written that we would be home on Thursday. We arrived early
in the afternoon and walked up from the station, leaving our baggage to be
sent in the express wagon. As we approached our dear home, we wanted to
run, we were so eager to see it.</p>
<p>There it was, the same as ever. I lifted the gate-latch; the gate was
locked. We ran to the carriage-gate; that was locked too. Just then I
noticed a placard on the fence; it was not printed, but the lettering was
large, apparently made with ink and a brush. It read:</p>
<p>TO BE SOLD<br/>
<br/>
For TAXES.<br/></p>
<p>We stood and looked at each other. Euphemia turned pale.</p>
<p>"What does this mean?" said I. "Has our landlord—"</p>
<p>I could say no more. The dreadful thought arose that the place might pass
away from us. We were not yet ready to buy it. But I did not put the
thought in words. There was a field next to our lot, and I got over the
fence and helped Euphemia over. Then we climbed our side-fence. This was
more difficult, but we accomplished it without thinking much about its
difficulties; our hearts were too full of painful apprehensions. I hurried
to the front door; it was locked. All the lower windows were shut. We went
around to the kitchen. What surprised us more than anything else was the
absence of Lord Edward. Had HE been sold?</p>
<p>Before we reached the back part of the house, Euphemia said she felt faint
and must sit down. I led her to a tree near by, under which I had made a
rustic chair. The chair was gone. She sat on the grass and I ran to the
pump for some water. I looked for the bright tin dipper which always hung
by the pump. It was not there. But I had a traveling-cup in my pocket, and
as I was taking it out I looked around me. There was an air of bareness
over everything. I did not know what it all meant, but I know that my hand
trembled as I took hold of the pump-handle and began to pump.</p>
<p>At the first sound of the pump-handle I heard a deep bark in the direction
of the barn, and then furiously around the corner came Lord Edward. Before
I had filled the cup he was bounding about me. I believe the glad welcome
of the dog did more to revive Euphemia than the water. He was delighted to
see us, and in a moment up came Pomona, running from the barn. Her face
was radiant, too. We felt relieved. Here were two friends who looked as if
they were neither sold nor ruined.</p>
<p>Pomona quickly saw that we were ill at ease, and before I could put a
question to her, she divined the cause. Her countenance fell.</p>
<p>"You know," said she, "you said you wasn't comin' till to-morrow. If you
only HAD come then—I was goin' to have everything just exactly right—an'
now you had to climb in—"</p>
<p>And the poor girl looked as if she might cry, which would have been a
wonderful thing for Pomona to do.</p>
<p>"Tell me one thing," said I. "What about—those taxes?"</p>
<p>"Oh, that's all right," she cried. "Don't think another minute about that.
I'll tell you all about it soon. But come in first, and I'll get you some
lunch in a minute."</p>
<p>We were somewhat relieved by Pomona's statement that it was "all right" in
regard to the tax-poster, but we were very anxious to know all about the
matter. Pomona, however, gave us little chance to ask her any questions.
As soon as she had made ready our lunch, she asked us, as a particular
favor, to give her three-quarters of an hour to herself, and then, said
she, "I'll have everything looking just as if it was to-morrow."</p>
<p>We respected her feelings, for, of course, it was a great disappointment
to her to be taken thus unawares, and we remained in the dining-room until
she appeared, and announced that she was ready for us to go about. We
availed ourselves quickly of the privilege, and Euphemia hurried to the
chicken-yard, while I bent my steps toward the garden and barn. As I went
out I noticed that the rustic chair was in its place, and passing the pump
I looked for the dipper. It was there. I asked Pomona about the chair, but
she did not answer as quickly as was her habit.</p>
<p>"Would you rather," said she, "hear it all together, when you come in, or
have it in little bits, head and tail, all of a jumble?"</p>
<p>I called to Euphemia and asked her what she thought, and she was so
anxious to get to her chickens that she said she would much rather wait
and hear it all together. We found everything in perfect order,—the
garden was even free from weeds, a thing I had not expected. If it had not
been for that cloud on the front fence, I should have been happy enough.
Pomona had said it was all right, but she could not have paid the taxes—however,
I would wait; and I went to the barn.</p>
<p>When Euphemia came in from the poultry-yard, she called me and said she
was in a hurry to hear Pomona's account of things. So I went in, and we
sat on the side porch, where it was shady, while Pomona, producing some
sheets of foolscap paper, took her seat on the upper step.</p>
<p>"I wrote down the things of any account what happened," said she, "as you
told me to, and while I was about it, I thought I'd make it like a novel.
It would be jus' as true, and p'r'aps more amusin'. I suppose you don't
mind?"</p>
<p>No, we didn't mind. So she went on.</p>
<p>"I haven't got no name for my novel. I intended to think one out to-night.
I wrote this all of nights. And I don't read the first chapters, for they
tell about my birth and my parentage and my early adventures. I'll just
come down to what happened to me while you was away, because you'll be
more anxious to hear about that. All that's written here is true, jus' the
same as if I told it to you, but I've put it into novel language because
it seems to come easier to me."</p>
<p>And then, in a voice somewhat different from her ordinary tones, as if the
"novel language" demanded it, she began to read:</p>
<p>"Chapter Five. The Lonely house and the Faithful friend. Thus was I left
alone. None but two dogs to keep me com-pa-ny. I milk-ed the lowing kine
and water-ed and fed the steed, and then, after my fru-gal repast, I
clos-ed the man-si-on, shutting out all re-collections of the past and
also foresights into the future. That night was a me-mor-able one. I slept
soundly until the break of morn, but had the events transpired which
afterward occur-red, what would have hap-pen-ed to me no tongue can tell.
Early the next day nothing hap-pened. Soon after breakfast, the vener-able
John came to bor-row some ker-osene oil and a half a pound of sugar, but
his attempt was foil-ed. I knew too well the in-sid-ious foe. In the very
out-set of his vil-li-an-y I sent him home with a empty can. For two long
days I wander-ed amid the ver-dant pathways of the gar-den and to the
barn, whenever and anon my du-ty call-ed me, nor did I ere neg-lect the
fowlery. No cloud o'er-spread this happy pe-ri-od of my life. But the
cloud was ri-sing in the horizon although I saw it not.</p>
<p>"It was about twenty-five minutes after eleven, on the morning of a
Thursday, that I sat pondering in my mind the ques-ti-on what to do with
the butter and the veg-et-ables. Here was butter, and here was green corn
and lima-beans and trophy tomats, far more than I ere could use. And here
was a horse, idly cropping the fol-i-age in the field, for as my employer
had advis-ed and order-ed I had put the steed to grass. And here was a
wagon, none too new, which had it the top taken off, or even the curtains
roll-ed up, would do for a li-cen-ced vender. With the truck and butter,
and mayhap some milk, I could load that wagon—"</p>
<p>"O, Pomona," interrupted Euphemia. "You don't mean to say that you were
thinking of doing anything like that?"</p>
<p>"Well, I was just beginning to think of it," said Pomona, "but of course I
couldn't have gone away and left the house. And you'll see I didn't do
it." And then she continued her novel. "But while my thoughts were thus
employ-ed, I heard Lord Edward burst into bark-ter—"</p>
<p>At this Euphemia and I could not help bursting into laughter. Pomona did
not seem at all confused, but went on with her reading.</p>
<p>"I hurried to the door, and, look-ing out, I saw a wagon at the gate.
Re-pair-ing there, I saw a man. Said he, 'Wilt open this gate?' I had
fasten-ed up the gates and remov-ed every steal-able ar-ticle from the
yard."</p>
<p>Euphemia and I looked at each other. This explained the absence of the
rustic seat and the dipper.</p>
<p>"Thus, with my mind at ease, I could let my faith-ful fri-end, the dog
(for he it was), roam with me through the grounds, while the fi-erce
bull-dog guard-ed the man-si-on within. Then said I, quite bold, unto him,
'No. I let in no man here. My em-ploy-er and employ-er-ess are now from
home. What do you want?' Then says he, as bold as brass, 'I've come to put
the light-en-ing rods upon the house. Open the gate.' 'What rods?' says I.
'The rods as was ordered,' says he, 'open the gate.' I stood and gaz-ed at
him. Full well I saw through his pinch-beck mask. I knew his tricks. In
the ab-sence of my em-ployer, he would put up rods, and ever so many more
than was wanted, and likely, too, some miser-able trash that would attrack
the light-ening, instead of keep-ing it off. Then, as it would spoil the
house to take them down, they would be kept, and pay demand-ed. 'No, sir,'
says I. 'No light-en-ing rods upon this house whilst I stand here,' and
with that I walk-ed away, and let Lord Edward loose. The man he storm-ed
with pas-si-on. His eyes flash-ed fire. He would e'en have scal-ed the
gate, but when he saw the dog he did forbear. As it was then near noon, I
strode away to feed the fowls; but when I did return, I saw a sight which
froze the blood with-in my veins—"</p>
<p>"The dog didn't kill him?" cried Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Oh no, ma'am!" said Pomona. "You'll see that that wasn't it. At one
corn-er of the lot, in front, a base boy, who had accompa-ni-ed this man,
was bang-ing on the fence with a long stick, and thus attrack-ing to
hisself the rage of Lord Edward, while the vile intrig-er of a
light-en-ing rod-der had brought a lad-der to the other side of the house,
up which he had now as-cend-ed, and was on the roof. What horrors fill-ed
my soul! How my form trembl-ed! This," continued Pomona, "is the end of
the novel," and she laid her foolscap pages on the porch.</p>
<p>Euphemia and I exclaimed, with one voice, against this. We had just
reached the most exciting part, and, I added, we had heard nothing yet
about that affair of the taxes.</p>
<p>"You see, sir," said Pomona, "it took me so long to write out the chapters
about my birth, my parentage, and my early adventures, that I hadn't time
to finish up the rest. But I can tell you what happened after that jus' as
well as if I had writ it out." And so she went on, much more glibly than
before, with the account of the doings of the lightning-rod man.</p>
<p>"There was that wretch on top of the house, a-fixin' his old rods and
hammerin' away for dear life. He'd brought his ladder over the side fence,
where the dog, a-barkin' and plungin' at the boy outside, couldn't see
him. I stood dumb for a minute, an' then I know'd I had him. I rushed into
the house, got a piece of well-rope, tied it to the bull-dog's collar, an'
dragged him out and fastened him to the bottom rung of the ladder. Then I
walks over to the front fence with Lord Edward's chain, for I knew that if
he got at that bull-dog there'd be times, for they'd never been allowed to
see each other yet. So says I to the boy, 'I'm goin' to tie up the dog, so
you needn't be afraid of his jumpin' over the fence,'—which he
couldn't do, or the boy would have been a corpse for twenty minutes, or
may be half an hour. The boy kinder laughed, and said I needn't mind,
which I didn't. Then I went to the gate, and I clicked to the horse which
was standin' there, an' off he starts, as good as gold, an' trots down the
road. The boy, he said somethin' or other pretty bad, an' away he goes
after him; but the horse was a-trottin' real fast, an' had a good start."</p>
<p>"How on earth could you ever think of doing such things?" said Euphemia.
"That horse might have upset the wagon and broken all the lightning-rods,
besides running over I don't know how many people."</p>
<p>"But you see, ma'am, that wasn't my lookout," said Pomona. "I was
a-defendin' the house, and the enemy must expect to have things happen to
him. So then I hears an awful row on the roof, and there was the man just
coming down the ladder. He'd heard the horse go off, and when he got about
half-way down an' caught a sight of the bull-dog, he was madder than ever
you seed a lightnin'-rodder in all your born days. 'Take that dog off of
there!' he yelled at me. 'No, I wont, says I. 'I never see a girl like you
since I was born,' he screams at me. 'I guess it would 'a' been better fur
you if you had,' says I; an' then he was so mad he couldn't stand it any
longer, and he comes down as low as he could, and when he saw just how
long the rope was,—which was pretty short,—he made a jump, and
landed clear of the dog. Then he went on dreadful because he couldn't get
at his ladder to take it away; and I wouldn't untie the dog, because if I
had he'd 'a' torn the tendons out of that fellow's legs in no time. I
never see a dog in such a boiling passion, and yet never making no sound
at all but blood-curdlin' grunts. An' I don't see how the rodder would 'a'
got his ladder at all if the dog hadn't made an awful jump at him, and
jerked the ladder down. It just missed your geranium-bed, and the rodder,
he ran to the other end of it, and began pullin' it away, dog an' all.
'Look-a-here,' says I, 'we can fix him now; and so he cooled down enough
to help me, and I unlocked the front door, and we pushed the bottom end of
the ladder in, dog and all; an' then I shut the door as tight as it would
go, an' untied the end of the rope, an' the rodder pulled the ladder out
while I held the door to keep the dog from follerin', which he came pretty
near doin', anyway. But I locked him in, and then the man began stormin'
again about his wagon; but when he looked out an' see the boy comin' back
with it,—for somebody must 'a' stopped the horse,—he stopped
stormin' and went to put up his ladder ag'in. 'No, you don't,' says I;
'I'll let the big dog loose next time, and if I put him at the foot of
your ladder, you'll never come down.' 'But I want to go and take down what
I put up,' he says; 'I aint a-goin' on with this job.' 'No,' says I, 'you
aint; and you can't go up there to wrench off them rods and make
rain-holes in the roof, neither.' He couldn't get no madder than he was
then, an' fur a minute or two he couldn't speak, an' then he says, 'I'll
have satisfaction for this.' An' says I, 'How? 'An' says he, 'You'll see
what it is to interfere with a ordered job.' An' says I, 'There wasn't no
order about it;' an' says he, 'I'll show you better than that;' an' he
goes to his wagon an' gits a book. 'There,' says he, 'read that.' 'What of
it? 'says I 'there's nobody of the name of Ball lives here.' That took the
man kinder aback, and he said he was told it was the only house on the
lane, which I said was right, only it was the next lane he oughter 'a'
gone to. He said no more after that, but just put his ladder in his wagon,
and went off. But I was not altogether rid of him. He left a trail of his
baleful presence behind him.</p>
<p>"That horrid bull-dog wouldn't let me come into the house! No matter what
door I tried, there he was, just foamin' mad. I let him stay till nearly
night, and then went and spoke kind to him; but it was no good. He'd got
an awful spite ag'in me. I found something to eat down cellar, and I made
a fire outside an' roasted some corn and potatoes. That night I slep' in
the barn. I wasn't afraid to be away from the house, for I knew it was
safe enough, with that dog in it and Lord Edward outside. For three days,
Sunday an' all, I was kep' out of this here house. I got along pretty well
with the sleepin' and the eatin', but the drinkin' was the worst. I
couldn't get no coffee or tea; but there was plenty of milk."</p>
<p>"Why didn't you get some man to come and attend to the dog?" I asked. "It
was dreadful to live that way."</p>
<p>"Well, I didn't know no man that could do it," said Pomona. "The dog would
'a' been too much for Old John, and besides, he was mad about the
kerosene. Sunday afternoon, Captain Atkinson and Mrs. Atkinson and their
little girl in a push-wagon, come here, and I told 'em you was gone away;
but they says they would stop a minute, and could I give them a drink; an'
I had nothin' to give it to them but an old chicken-bowl that I had washed
out, for even the dipper was in the house, an' I told 'em everything was
locked up, which was true enough, though they must 'a' thought you was a
queer kind of people; but I wasn't a-goin' to say nothin' about the dog,
fur, to tell the truth, I was ashamed to do it. So as soon as they'd gone,
I went down into the cellar,—and it's lucky that I had the key for
the outside cellar door,—and I got a piece of fat corn-beef and the
meat-axe. I unlocked the kitchen door and went in, with the axe in one
hand and the meat in the other. The dog might take his choice. I know'd he
must be pretty nigh famished, for there was nothin' that he could get at
to eat. As soon as I went in, he came runnin' to me; but I could see he
was shaky on his legs. He looked a sort of wicked at me, and then he
grabbed the meat. He was all right then."</p>
<p>"Oh, my!" said Euphemia, "I am so glad to hear that. I was afraid you
never got in. But we saw the dog—is he as savage yet?"</p>
<p>"Oh no!" said Pomona; "nothin' like it."</p>
<p>"Look here, Pomona," said I, "I want to know about those taxes. When do
they come into your story?"</p>
<p>"Pretty soon, sir," said she, and she went on:</p>
<p>"After that, I know'd it wouldn't do to have them two dogs so that they'd
have to be tied up if they see each other. Just as like as not I'd want
them both at once, and then they'd go to fightin', and leave me to settle
with some blood-thirsty lightnin'-rodder. So, as I know'd if they once had
a fair fight and found out which was master, they'd be good friends
afterwards, I thought the best thing to do would be to let 'em fight it
out, when there was nothin' else for 'em to do. So I fixed up things for
the combat."</p>
<p>"Why, Pomona!" cried Euphemia, "I didn't think you were capable of such a
cruel thing."</p>
<p>"It looks that way, ma'am, but really it aint," replied the girl. "It
seemed to me as if it would be a mercy to both of 'em to have the thing
settled. So I cleared away a place in front of the wood-shed and unchained
Lord Edward, and then I opened the kitchen door and called the bull. Out
he came, with his teeth a-showin', and his blood-shot eyes, and his
crooked front legs. Like lightnin' from the mount'in blast, he made one
bounce for the big dog, and oh! what a fight there was! They rolled, they
gnashed, they knocked over the wood-horse and sent chips a-flyin' all ways
at wonst. I thought Lord Edward would whip in a minute or two; but he
didn't, for the bull stuck to him like a burr, and they was havin' it,
ground and lofty, when I hears some one run up behind me, and turnin'
quick, there was the 'Piscopalian minister, 'My! my! my!' he hollers;
'what a awful spectacle! Aint there no way of stoppin' it?' 'No, sir,'
says I, and I told him how I didn't want to stop it, and the reason why.
Then says he, 'Where's your master?' and I told him how you was away.
'Isn't there any man at all about?' says he. 'No,' says I. 'Then,' says
he, 'if there's nobody else to stop it, I must do it myself.' An' he took
off his coat. 'No,' says I, 'you keep back, sir. If there's anybody to
plunge into that erena, the blood be mine;' an' I put my hand, without
thinkin', ag'in his black shirt-bosom, to hold him back; but he didn't
notice, bein' so excited. 'Now,' says I, 'jist wait one minute, and you'll
see that bull's tail go between his legs. He's weakenin'.' An' sure
enough, Lord Edward got a good grab at him, and was a-shakin' the very
life out of him, when I run up and took Lord Edward by the collar. 'Drop
it!' says I, and he dropped it, for he know'd he'd whipped, and he was
pretty tired hisself. Then the bull-dog, he trotted off with his tail
a-hangin' down. 'Now, then,' says I, 'them dogs will be bosom friends
forever after this.' 'Ah me!' says he, 'I'm sorry indeed that your
employer, for who I've always had a great respect, should allow you to get
into such habits.' That made me feel real bad, and I told him, mighty
quick, that you was the last man in the world to let me do anything like
that, and that, if you'd 'a' been here, you'd 'a' separated them dogs, if
they'd a-chawed your arms off; that you was very particular about such
things; and that it would be a pity if he was to think you was a
dog-fightin' gentleman, when I'd often heard you say that, now you was
fixed an' settled, the one thing you would like most would be to be made a
vestryman."</p>
<p>I sat up straight in my chair.</p>
<p>"Pomona!" I exclaimed, "you didn't tell him that?"</p>
<p>"That's what I said, sir, for I wanted him to know what you really was;
an' he says, 'Well, well, I never knew that. It might be a very good
thing. I'll speak to some of the members about it. There's two vacancies
now in our vestry."</p>
<p>I was crushed; but Euphemia tried to put the matter into the brightest
light.</p>
<p>"Perhaps it may all turn out for the best," she said, "and you may be
elected, and that would be splendid. But it would be an awfully funny
thing for a dog-fight to make you a vestry-man."</p>
<p>I could not talk on this subject. "Go on, Pomona," I said, trying to feel
resigned to my shame, "and tell us about that poster on the fence."</p>
<p>"I'll be to that almost right away," she said. "It was two or three days
after the dog-fight that I was down at the barn, and happenin' to look
over to Old John's, I saw that tree-man there. He was a-showin' his book
to John, and him and his wife and all the young ones was a-standin' there,
drinkin' down them big peaches and pears as if they was all real. I know'd
he'd come here ag'in, for them fellers never gives you up; and I didn't
know how to keep him away, for I didn't want to let the dogs loose on a
man what, after all, didn't want to do no more harm than to talk the life
out of you. So I just happened to notice, as I came to the house, how kind
of desolate everything looked, and I thought perhaps I might make it look
worse, and he wouldn't care to deal here. So I thought of puttin' up a
poster like that, for nobody whose place was a-goin' to be sold for taxes
would be likely to want trees. So I run in the house, and wrote it quick
and put it up. And sure enough, the man he come along soon, and when he
looked at that paper, and tried the gate, an' looked over the fence an'
saw the house all shut up an' not a livin' soul about,—for I had
both the dogs in the house with me,—he shook his head an' walked
off, as much as to say, 'If that man had fixed his place up proper with my
trees, he wouldn't 'a' come to this!' An' then, as I found the poster
worked so good, I thought it might keep other people from comin'
a-botherin' around, and so I left it up; but I was a-goin' to be sure and
take it down before you came."</p>
<p>As it was now pretty late in the afternoon, I proposed that Pomona should
postpone the rest of her narrative until evening. She said that there was
nothing else to tell that was very particular; and I did not feel as if I
could stand anything more just now, even if it was very particular.</p>
<p>When we were alone, I said to Euphemia:</p>
<p>"If we ever have to go away from this place again—"</p>
<p>"But we wont go away," she interrupted, looking up to me with as bright a
face as she ever had, "at least not for a long, long, long time to come.
And I'm so glad you're to be a vestryman."</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XIV. POMONA TAKES A BRIDAL TRIP. </h2>
<p>Our life at Rudder Grange seemed to be in no way materially changed by my
becoming a vestryman. The cow gave about as much milk as before, and the
hens laid the usual number of eggs. Euphemia went to church with a little
more of an air, perhaps, but as the wardens were never absent, and I was
never, therefore, called upon to assist in taking up the collection, her
sense of my position was not inordinately manifested.</p>
<p>For a year or two, indeed, there was no radical change in anything about
Rudder Grange, except in Pomona. In her there was a change. She grew up.</p>
<p>She performed this feat quite suddenly. She was a young girl when she
first came to us, and we had never considered her as anything else, when
one evening she had a young man to see her. Then we knew she had grown up.</p>
<p>We made no objections to her visitors,—she had several, from time to
time,—"for," said Euphemia, "suppose my parents had objected to your
visits." I could not consider the mere possibility of anything like this,
and we gave Pomona all the ordinary opportunities for entertaining her
visitors. To tell the truth, I think we gave her more than the ordinary
opportunities. I know that Euphemia would wait on herself to almost any
extent, rather than call upon Pomona, when the latter was entertaining an
evening visitor in the kitchen or on the back porch.</p>
<p>"Suppose my mother," she once remarked, in answer to a mild remonstrance
from me in regard to a circumstance of this nature,—"suppose my
mother had rushed into our presence when we were plighting our vows, and
had told me to go down into the cellar and crack ice!"</p>
<p>It was of no use to talk to Euphemia on such subjects; she always had an
answer ready.</p>
<p>"You don't want Pomona to go off and be married, do you?" I asked, one day
as she was putting up some new muslin curtains in the kitchen. "You seem
to be helping her to do this all you can, and yet I don't know where on
earth you will get another girl who will suit you so well."</p>
<p>"I don't know, either," replied Euphemia, with a tack in her mouth, "and
I'm sure I don't want her to go. But neither do I want winter to come, or
to have to wear spectacles; but I suppose both of these things will
happen, whether I like it or not."</p>
<p>For some time after this Pomona had very little company, and we began to
think that there was no danger of any present matrimonial engagement on
her part,—a thought which was very gratifying to us, although we did
not wish in any way to interfere with her prospects,—when, one
afternoon, she quietly went up into the village and was married.</p>
<p>Her husband was a tall young fellow, a son of a farmer in the county, who
had occasionally been to see her, but whom she must have frequently met on
her "afternoons out."</p>
<p>When Pomona came home and told us this news we were certainly well
surprised.</p>
<p>"What on earth are we to do for a girl?" cried Euphemia.</p>
<p>"You're to have me till you can get another one," said Pomona quietly. "I
hope you don't think I'd go 'way, and leave you without anybody."</p>
<p>"But a wife ought to go to her husband," said Euphemia, "especially so
recent a bride. Why didn't you let me know all about it? I would have
helped to fit you out. We would have given you the nicest kind of a little
wedding."</p>
<p>"I know that," said Pomona; "you're jus' good enough. But I didn't want to
put you to all that trouble—right in preserving-time too. An' he
wanted it quiet, for he's awful backward about shows. An' as I'm to go to
live with his folks,—at least in a little house on the farm,—I
might as well stay here as anywhere, even if I didn't want to, for I can't
go there till after frost."</p>
<p>"Why not?" I asked.</p>
<p>"The chills and fever," said she. "They have it awful down in that valley.
Why, he had a chill while we was bein' married, right at the bridal
altar."</p>
<p>"You don't say so!" exclaimed Euphemia. "How dreadful!"</p>
<p>"Yes, indeed," said Pomona. "He must 'a' forgot it was his chill-day, and
he didn't take his quinine, and so it come on him jus' as he was
apromisin' to love an' pertect. But he stuck it out, at the minister's
house, and walked home by his-self to finish his chill."</p>
<p>"And you didn't go with him?" cried Euphemia, indignantly.</p>
<p>"He said, no. It was better thus. He felt it weren't the right thing to
mingle the agur with his marriage vows. He promised to take sixteen grains
to-morrow, and so I came away. He'll be all right in a month or so, an'
then we'll go an' keep house. You see it aint likely I could help him any
by goin' there an' gettin' it myself."</p>
<p>"Pomona," said Euphemia, "this is dreadful. You ought to go and take a
bridal tour and get him rid of those fearful chills."</p>
<p>"I never thought of that," said Pomona, her face lighting up wonderfully.</p>
<p>Now that Euphemia had fallen upon this happy idea, she never dropped it
until she had made all the necessary plans, and had put them into
execution. In the course of a week she had engaged another servant, and
had started Pomona and her husband off on a bridal-tour, stipulating
nothing but that they should take plenty of quinine in their trunk.</p>
<p>It was about three weeks after this, and Euphemia and I were sitting on
our front steps,—I had come home early, and we had been potting some
of the tenderest plants,—when Pomona walked in at the gate. She
looked well, and had on a very bright new dress. Euphemia noticed this the
moment she came in. We welcomed her warmly, for we felt a great interest
in this girl, who had grown up in our family and under our care.</p>
<p>"Have you had your bridal trip?" asked Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Oh yes!" said Pomona. "It's all over an' done with, an' we're settled in
our house."</p>
<p>"Well, sit right down here on the steps and tell us all about it," said
Euphemia, in a glow of delightful expectancy, and Pomona, nothing loth,
sat down and told her tale.</p>
<p>"You see," said she, untying her bonnet strings, to give an easier
movement to her chin, "we didn't say where we was goin' when we started
out, for the truth was we didn't know. We couldn't afford to take no big
trip, and yet we wanted to do the thing up jus' as right as we could,
seein' as you had set your heart on it, an' as we had, too, for that
matter. Niagery Fall was what I wanted, but he said that it cost so much
to see the sights there that he hadn't money to spare to take us there an'
pay for all the sight-seein', too. We might go, he said, without seein'
the sights, or, if there was any way of seein' the sights without goin',
that might do, but he couldn't do both. So we give that up, and after
thinkin' a good deal, we agreed to go to some other falls, which might
come cheaper, an' may-be be jus' as good to begin on. So we thought of
Passaic Falls, up to Paterson, an' we went there, an' took a room at a
little hotel, an' walked over to the falls. But they wasn't no good, after
all, for there wasn't no water runnin' over em. There was rocks and
precipicers, an' direful depths, and everything for a good falls, except
water, and that was all bein' used at the mills. 'Well, Miguel,' says I,
'this is about as nice a place for a falls as ever I see,' but—"</p>
<p>"Miguel!" cried Euphemia. "Is that your husband's name?"</p>
<p>"Well, no," said Pomona, "it isn't. His given name is Jonas, but I hated
to call him Jonas, an' on a bridal trip, too. He might jus' as well have
had a more romantic-er name, if his parents had 'a' thought of it. So I
determined I'd give him a better one, while we was on our journey, anyhow,
an' I changed his name to Miguel, which was the name of a Spanish count.
He wanted me to call him Jiguel, because, he said, that would have a kind
of a floating smell of his old name, but I didn't never do it. Well,
neither of us didn't care to stay about no dry falls, so we went back to
the hotel and got our supper, and begun to wonder what we should do next
day. He said we'd better put it off and dream about it, and make up our
minds nex' mornin', which I agreed to, an', that evenin', as we was
sittin' in our room I asked Miguel to tell me the story of his life. He
said, at first, it hadn't none, but when I seemed a kinder put out at
this, he told me I mustn't mind, an' he would reveal the whole. So he told
me this story:</p>
<p>"'My grandfather,' said he, 'was a rich and powerful Portugee, a-livin' on
the island of Jamaica. He had heaps o' slaves, an' owned a black
brigantine, that he sailed in on secret voyages, an', when he come back,
the decks an' the gunnels was often bloody, but nobody knew why or
wherefore. He was a big man with black hair an' very violent. He could
never have kept no help, if he hadn't owned 'em, but he was so rich, that
people respected him, in spite of all his crimes. My grandmother was a
native o' the Isle o' Wight. She was a frail an' tender woman, with yeller
hair, and deep blue eyes, an' gentle, an' soft, an' good to the poor. She
used to take baskits of vittles aroun' to sick folks, an' set down on the
side o' their beds an' read "The Shepherd o' Salisbury Plains" to 'em. She
hardly ever speaked above her breath, an' always wore white gowns with a
silk kerchief a-folded placidly aroun' her neck.' 'Them was awful
different kind o' people,' I says to him, 'I wonder how they ever come to
be married.' 'They never was married,' says he. 'Never married!' I
hollers, a-jumpin' up from my chair, 'and you sit there carmly an' look me
in the eye.' 'Yes,' says he, 'they was never married. They never met; one
was my mother's father, and the other one my father's mother. 'Twas well
they did not wed.' 'I should think so,' said I, 'an' now, what's the good
of tellin' me a thing like that?'</p>
<p>"'It's about as near the mark as most of the stories of people's lives, I
reckon,' says he, 'an' besides I'd only jus' begun it.'</p>
<p>"'Well, I don't want no more,' says I, an' I jus' tell this story of his
to show what kind of stories he told about that time. He said they was
pleasant fictions, but I told him that if he didn't look out he'd hear 'em
called by a good deal of a worse kind of a name than that. The nex'
mornin' he asked me what was my dream, an' I told him I didn't have
exactly no dream about it, but my idea was to have somethin' real romantic
for the rest of our bridal days.</p>
<p>"'Well,' says he, 'what would you like? I had a dream, but it wasn't no
ways romantic, and I'll jus' fall in with whatever you'd like best.'</p>
<p>"'All right,' says I, 'an' the most romantic-est thing that I can think of
is for us to make-believe for the rest of this trip. We can make-believe
we're anything we please, an' if we think so in real earnest it will be
pretty much the same thing as if we really was. We aint likely to have no
chance ag'in of being jus' what we've a mind to, an' so let's try it now.'</p>
<p>"'What would you have a mind to be?' says he.</p>
<p>"'Well,' says I, 'let's be an earl an' a earl-ess.'</p>
<p>"'Earl-ess'? says he, 'there's no such a person.'</p>
<p>"'Why, yes there is, of course,' I says to him. 'What's a she-earl if she
isn't a earl-ess?'</p>
<p>"'Well, I don't know,' says he, 'never havin' lived with any of 'em, but
we'll let it go at that. An' how do you want to work the thing out?'</p>
<p>"'This way,' says I. 'You, Miguel—'</p>
<p>"'Jiguel,' says he.</p>
<p>"'The earl,' says I, not mindin' his interruption, 'an' me, your noble
earl-ess, will go to some good place or other—it don't matter much
jus' where, and whatever house we live in we'll call our castle an' we'll
consider it's got draw-bridges an' portcullises an' moats an' secrit
dungeons, an' we'll remember our noble ancesters, an' behave accordin'.
An' the people we meet we can make into counts and dukes and princes,
without their knowin' anything about it; an' we can think our clothes is
silk an' satin an' velwet, all covered with dimuns an' precious stones,
jus' as well as not.'</p>
<p>"'Jus' as well,' says he.</p>
<p>"'An' then,' I went on, 'we can go an' have chi-VAL-rous adventures,—or
make believe we're havin' 'em,—an' build up a atmosphere of
romanticness aroun' us that'll carry us back—'</p>
<p>"'To ole Virginny,' says he.</p>
<p>"'No,' says I, 'for thousands of years, or at least enough back for the
times of tournaments and chi-VAL-ry.'</p>
<p>"'An' so your idea is that we make believe all these things, an' don't pay
for none of 'em, is it?' says he.</p>
<p>"'Yes,' says I; 'an' you, Miguel—'</p>
<p>"'Jiguel,' says he.</p>
<p>"'Can ask me, if you don't know what chi-VAL-ric or romantic thing you
ought to do or to say so as to feel yourself truly an' reely a earl, for
I've read a lot about these people, an' know jus' what ought to be did.'</p>
<p>"Well, he set himself down an' thought a while, an' then he says, 'All
right. We'll do that, an' we'll begin to-morrow mornin', for I've got a
little business to do in the city which wouldn't be exactly the right
thing for me to stoop to after I'm a earl, so I'll go in an' do it while
I'm a common person, an' come back this afternoon, an you can walk about
an' look at the dry falls, an' amuse yourself gen'rally, till I come
back.'</p>
<p>"'All right,' says I, an' off he goes.</p>
<p>"He come back afore dark, an' the nex' mornin' we got ready to start off.</p>
<p>"'Have you any particular place to go?' says he.</p>
<p>"'No,' says I, 'one place is as likely to be as good as another for our
style o' thing. If it don't suit, we can imagine it does.'</p>
<p>"'That'll do,' says he, an' we had our trunk sent to the station, and
walked ourselves. When we got there, he says to me,</p>
<p>"Which number will you have, five or seven?'</p>
<p>"'Either one will suit me, Earl Miguel,' says I.</p>
<p>"'Jiguel,' says he, 'an' we'll make it seven. An' now I'll go an' look at
the time-table, an' we'll buy tickets for the seventh station from here.
The seventh station,' says he, comin' back, 'is Pokus. We'll go to Pokus.'</p>
<p>"So when the train come we got in, an' got out at Pokus. It was a pretty
sort of a place, out in the country, with the houses scattered a long ways
apart, like stingy chicken-feed.</p>
<p>"'Let's walk down this road,' says he, 'till we come to a good house for a
castle, an' then we can ask 'em to take us to board, an' if they wont do
it we'll go to the next, an' so on.'</p>
<p>"'All right,' says I, glad enough to see how pat he entered into the
thing.</p>
<p>"We walked a good ways, an' passed some little houses that neither of us
thought would do, without more imaginin' than would pay, till we came to a
pretty big house near the river, which struck our fancy in a minute. It
was a stone house, an' it had trees aroun' it, there was a garden with a
wall, an' things seemed to suit first-rate, so we made up our minds right
off that we'd try this place.</p>
<p>"'You wait here under this tree,' says he, 'an' I'll go an' ask 'em if
they'll take us to board for a while.'</p>
<p>"So I waits, an' he goes up to the gate, an' pretty soon he comes out an'
says, 'All right, they'll take us, an' they'll send a man with a
wheelbarrer to the station for our trunk.' So in we goes. The man was a
country-like lookin' man, an' his wife was a very pleasant woman. The
house wasn't furnished very fine, but we didn't care for that, an' they
gave us a big room that had rafters instid of a ceilin', an' a big
fire-place, an' that, I said, was jus' exac'ly what we wanted. The room
was almos' like a donjon itself, which he said he reckoned had once been a
kitchin, but I told him that a earl hadn't nothin' to do with kitchins,
an' that this was a tapestry chamber, an' I'd tell him all about the
strange figgers on the embroidered hangin's, when the shadders begun to
fall.</p>
<p>"It rained a little that afternoon, an' we stayed in our room, an' hung
our clothes an' things about on nails an' hooks, an' made believe they was
armor an' ancient trophies an' portraits of a long line of ancesters. I
did most of the make-believin' but he agreed to ev'rything. The man who
kep' the house's wife brought us our supper about dark, because she said
she thought we might like to have it together cozy, an' so we did, an' was
glad enough of it; an' after supper we sat before the fire-place, where we
made-believe the flames was a-roarin' an' cracklin' an' a-lightin' up the
bright places on the armor a-hangin' aroun', while the storm—which
we made-believe—was a-ragin' an' whirlin' outside. I told him a long
story about a lord an' a lady, which was two or three stories I had read,
run together, an' we had a splendid time. It all seemed real real to me."</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XV. IN WHICH TWO NEW FRIENDS DISPORT THEMSELVES. </h2>
<p>"The nex' mornin' was fine an' nice," continued Pomona, "an' after our
breakfast had been brought to us, we went out in the grounds to take a
walk. There was lots of trees back of the house, with walks among 'em, an'
altogether it was so ole-timey an' castleish that I was as happy as a
lark.</p>
<p>"'Come along, Earl Miguel,' I says; 'let us tread a measure 'neath these
mantlin' trees.'</p>
<p>"'All right,' says he. 'Your Jiguel attends you. An' what might our noble
second name be? What is we earl an' earl-ess of?'</p>
<p>"'Oh, anything,' says I. 'Let's take any name at random.'</p>
<p>"'All right,' says he. 'Let it be random. Earl an' Earl-ess Random. Come
along.'</p>
<p>"So we walks about, I feelin' mighty noble an' springy, an' afore long we
sees another couple a-walkin' about under the trees.</p>
<p>"'Who's them?' says I.</p>
<p>"'Don't know,' says he, 'but I expect they're some o' the other boarders.
The man said he had other boarders when I spoke to him about takin' us.'</p>
<p>"'Let's make-believe they're a count an' count says I. 'Count an' Countess
of—'</p>
<p>"'Milwaukee,' says he.</p>
<p>"I didn't think much of this for a noble name, but still it would do well
enough, an' so we called 'em the Count an' Countess of Milwaukee, an' we
kep' on a meanderin'. Pretty soon he gets tired an' says he was agoin'
back to the house to have a smoke because he thought it was time to have a
little fun which weren't all imaginations, an' I says to him to go along,
but it would be the hardest thing in this world for me to imagine any fun
in smokin'. He laughed an' went back, while I walked on, a-makin'-believe
a page, in blue puffed breeches, was a-holdin' up my train, which was of
light-green velvet trimmed with silver lace. Pretty soon, turnin' a little
corner, I meets the Count and Countess of Milwaukee. She was a small lady,
dressed in black, an' he was a big fat man about fifty years old, with a
grayish beard. They both wore little straw hats, exac'ly alike, an' had on
green carpet-slippers.</p>
<p>"They stops when they sees me, an' the lady she bows and says
'good-mornin',' an' then she smiles, very pleasant, an' asks if I was
a-livin' here, an' when I said I was, she says she was too, for the
present, an' what was my name. I had half a mind to say the Earl-ess
Random, but she was so pleasant and sociable that I didn't like to seem to
be makin' fun, an' so I said I was Mrs. De Henderson.</p>
<p>"'An' I,' says she, 'am Mrs. General Andrew Jackson, widow of the
ex-President of the United States. I am staying here on business connected
with the United States Bank. This is my brother,' says she, pointin' to
the big man.</p>
<p>"'How d'ye do?' says he, a-puttin' his hands together, turnin' his toes
out an' makin' a funny little bow. 'I am General Tom Thumb,' he says in a
deep, gruff voice, 'an' I've been before all the crown-ed heads of Europe,
Asia, Africa, America an' Australia,—all a's but one,—an' I'm
waitin' here for a team of four little milk-white oxen, no bigger than
tall cats, which is to be hitched to a little hay-wagon, which I am to
ride in, with a little pitch-fork an' real farmer's clothes, only small.
This will come to-morrow, when I will pay for it an' ride away to exhibit.
It may be here now, an' I will go an' see. Good-bye.'</p>
<p>"'Good-bye, likewise,' says the lady. 'I hope you'll have all you're
thinkin' you're havin', an' more too, but less if you'd like it.
Farewell.' An' away they goes.</p>
<p>"Well, you may be sure, I stood there amazed enough, an' mad too when I
heard her talk about my bein' all I was a-thinkin' I was. I was sure my
husband—scarce two weeks old, a husband—had told all. It was
too bad. I wished I had jus' said I was the Earl-ess of Random an' brassed
it out.</p>
<p>"I rushed back an' foun' him smokin' a pipe on a back porch. I charged him
with his perfidy, but he vowed so earnest that he had not told these
people of our fancies, or ever had spoke to 'em, that I had to believe
him.</p>
<p>"'I expec',' says he, 'that they're jus' makin'-believe—as we are.
There aint no patent on make-believes.'</p>
<p>"This didn't satisfy me, an' as he seemed to be so careless about it I
walked away, an' left him to his pipe. I determined to go take a walk
along some of the country roads an' think this thing over for myself. I
went aroun' to the front gate, where the woman of the house was a-standin'
talkin' to somebody, an' I jus' bowed to her, for I didn't feel like
sayin' anything, an' walked past her.</p>
<p>"'Hello!' said she, jumpin' in front of me an' shuttin' the gate. 'You
can't go out here. If you want to walk you can walk about in the grounds.
There's lots of shady paths.'</p>
<p>"'Can't go out!' says I. 'Can't go out! What do you mean by that?'</p>
<p>"'I mean jus' what I say,' said she, an' she locked the gate.</p>
<p>"I was so mad that I could have pushed her over an' broke the gate, but I
thought that if there was anything of that kind to do I had a husband
whose business it was to attend to it, an' so I runs aroun' to him to tell
him. He had gone in, but I met Mrs. Jackson an' her brother.</p>
<p>"'What's the matter?' said she, seein' what a hurry I was in.</p>
<p>"'That woman at the gate,' I said, almost chokin' as I spoke, 'wont let me
out.'</p>
<p>"'She wont?' said Mrs. Jackson. 'Well, that's a way she has. Four times
the Bank of the United States has closed its doors before I was able to
get there, on account of that woman's obstinacy about the gate. Indeed, I
have not been to the Bank at all yet, for of course it is of no use to go
after banking hours.'</p>
<p>"'An' I believe, too,' said her brother in his heavy voice, 'that she has
kept out my team of little oxen. Otherwise it would be here now.'</p>
<p>"I couldn't stand any more of this an' ran into our room where my husband
was. When I told him what had happened, he was real sorry.</p>
<p>"'I didn't know you thought of going out,' he said, 'or I would have told
you all about it. An' now sit down an' quiet yourself, an' I'll tell you
jus' how things is.' So down we sits, an' says he, jus' as carm as a
summer cloud, 'My dear, this is a lunertic asylum. Now, don't jump,' he
says; 'I didn't bring you here, because I thought you was crazy, but
because I wanted you to see what kind of people they was who imagined
themselves earls and earl-esses, an' all that sort o' thing, an' to have
an idea how the thing worked after you'd been doing it a good while an'
had got used to it. I thought it would be a good thing, while I was Earl
Jiguel and you was a noble earl-ess, to come to a place where people acted
that way. I knowed you had read lots o' books about knights and princes
an' bloody towers, an' that you knowed all about them things, but I didn't
suppose you did know how them same things looked in these days, an' a
lunertic asylum was the only place where you could see 'em. So I went to a
doctor I knowed,' he says, 'an' got a certificate from him to this private
institution, where we could stay for a while an' get posted on romantics.'</p>
<p>"'Then,' says I, 'the upshot was that you wanted to teach a lesson.'</p>
<p>"'Jus' that,' says he.</p>
<p>"'All right,' says I; 'it's teached. An' now let's get out of this as
quick as we kin.'</p>
<p>"'That'll suit me,' he says, 'an' we'll leave by the noon train. I'll go
an' see about the trunk bein' sent down.'</p>
<p>"So off he went to see the man who kept the house, while I falls to
packin' up the trunk as fast as I could."</p>
<p>"Weren't you dreadfully angry at him?" asked Euphemia, who, having a
romantic streak in her own composition, did not sympathize altogether with
this heroic remedy for Pomona's disease.</p>
<p>"No, ma'am," said Pomona, "not long. When I thought of Mrs. General
Jackson and Tom Thumb, I couldn't help thinkin' that I must have looked
pretty much the same to my husband, who, I knowed now, had only been
makin'-believe to make-believe. An' besides, I couldn't be angry very long
for laughin, for when he come back in a minute, as mad as a March hare,
an' said they wouldn't let me out nor him nuther, I fell to laughin' ready
to crack my sides.</p>
<p>"'They say,' said he, as soon as he could speak straight, 'that we can't
go out without another certificate from the doctor. I told 'em I'd go
myself an' see him about it but they said no, I couldn't, for if they did
that way everybody who ever was sent here would be goin' out the next day
to see about leavin'. I didn't want to make no fuss, so I told them I'd
write a letter to the doctor and tell him to send an order that would soon
show them whether we could go out or not. They said that would be the best
thing to do, an so I'm goin' to write it this minute,'—which he did.</p>
<p>"'How long will we have to wait?' says I, when the letter was done.</p>
<p>"'Well,' says he, 'the doctor can't get this before to-morrow mornin', an'
even if he answers right away, we won't get our order to go out until the
next day. So we'll jus' have to grin an' bear it for a day an' a half.'</p>
<p>"'This is a lively old bridal-trip,' said I,—'dry falls an' a
lunertic asylum.'</p>
<p>"'We'll try to make the rest of it better,' said he.</p>
<p>"But the next day wasn't no better. We staid in our room all day, for we
didn't care to meet Mrs. Jackson an' her crazy brother, an' I'm sure we
didn't want to see the mean creatures who kept the house. We knew well
enough that they only wanted us to stay so that they could get more
board-money out of us."</p>
<p>"I should have broken out," cried Euphemia. "I would never have staid an
hour in that place, after I found out what it was, especially on a bridal
trip."</p>
<p>"If we'd done that," said Pomona, "they'd have got men after us, an' then
everybody would have thought we was real crazy. We made up our minds to
wait for the doctor's letter, but it wasn't much fun. An' I didn't tell no
romantic stories to fill up the time. We sat down an' behaved like the
commonest kind o' people. You never saw anybody sicker of romantics than I
was when I thought of them two loons that called themselves Mrs. Andrew
Jackson and General Tom Thumb. I dropped Miguel altogether, an' he dropped
Jiguel, which was a relief to me, an' I took strong to Jonas, even callin'
him Jone, which I consider a good deal uglier an' commoner even than
Jonas. He didn't like this much, but said that if it would help me out of
the Miguel, he didn't care.</p>
<p>"Well, on the mornin' of the next day I went into the little front room
that they called the office, to see if there was a letter for us yet, an'
there wasn't nobody there to ask. But I saw a pile of letters under a
weight on the table, an' I jus' looked at these to see if one of 'em was
for us, an' if there wasn't the very letter Jone had written to the
doctor! They'd never sent it! I rushes back to Jone an' tells him, an' he
jus' set an' looked at me without sayin' a word. I didn't wonder he
couldn't speak.</p>
<p>"'I'll go an' let them people know what I think of 'em,' says I.</p>
<p>"'Don't do that,' said Jone, catchin' me by the sleeve. 'It wont do no
good. Leave the letter there, an' don't say nothin' about it. We'll stay
here till afternoon quite quiet, an' then we'll go away. That garden wall
isn't high.'</p>
<p>"'An' how about the trunk?' says I.</p>
<p>"'Oh, we'll take a few things in our pockets, an' lock up the trunk, an'
ask the doctor to send for it when we get to the city.'</p>
<p>"'All right,' says I. An' we went to work to get ready to leave.</p>
<p>"About five o'clock in the afternoon, when it was a nice time to take a
walk under the trees, we meandered quietly down to a corner of the back
wall, where Jone thought it would be rather convenient to get over. He
hunted up a short piece of board which he leaned up ag'in the wall, an'
then he put his foot on the top of that an' got hold of the top of the
wall an' climbed up, as easy as nuthin'. Then he reached down to help me
step onto the board. But jus' as he was agoin' to take me by the hand:
'Hello!' says he. 'Look a-there!' An' I turned round an' looked, an' if
there wasn't Mrs. Andrew Jackson an' General Tom Thumb a-walkin' down the
path.</p>
<p>"'What shall we do?' says I.</p>
<p>"'Come along,' says he. 'We aint a-goin' to stop for them. Get up, all the
same.'</p>
<p>"I tried to get up as he said, but it wasn't so easy for me on account of
my not bein' such a high stepper as Jone, an' I was a good while a-gettin'
a good footin' on the board.</p>
<p>"Mrs. Jackson an' the General, they came right up to us an' set down on a
bench which was fastened between two trees near the wall. An' there they
set, a-lookin' steady at us with their four little eyes, like four empty
thimbles.</p>
<p>"'You appear to be goin' away,' says Mrs. Jackson.</p>
<p>"'Yes,' says Jone from the top of the wall. We're a-goin' to take a slight
stroll outside, this salu-brious evenin'.'</p>
<p>"'Do you think,' says she, 'that the United States Bank would be open this
time of day?'</p>
<p>"'Oh no,' says Jone, 'the banks all close at three o'clock. It's a good
deal after that now.'</p>
<p>"'But if I told the officers who I was, wouldn't that make a difference?'
says she. 'Wouldn't they go down an' open the bank?'</p>
<p>"'Not much,' says Jone, givin' a pull which brought me right up to the top
o' the wall an' almost clean down the other side, with one jerk. 'I never
knowed no officers that would do that. But,' says he, a kind o' shuttin'
his eyes so that she shouldn't see he was lyin', 'we'll talk about that
when we come back.'</p>
<p>"'If you see that team of little oxen,' says the big man, 'send 'em 'round
to the front gate.'</p>
<p>"'All right,' says Jone; an' he let me down the outside of the wall as if
I had been a bag o' horse-feed.</p>
<p>"'But if the bank isn't open you can't pay for it when it does come,' we
heard the old lady a-sayin' as we hurried off.</p>
<p>"We didn't lose no time agoin' down to that station, an' it's lucky we
didn't, for a train for the city was comin' jus' as we got there, an' we
jumped aboard without havin' no time to buy tickets. There wasn't many
people in our car, an we got a seat together.</p>
<p>"'Now then,' says Jone, as the cars went abuzzin' along, 'I feel as if I
was really on a bridal-trip, which I mus' say I didn't at that there
asylum.'</p>
<p>"An' then I said: 'I should think not,' an' we both bust out a-laughin',
as well we might, feelin' sich a change of surroundin's.</p>
<p>"'Do you think,' says somebody behind us, when we'd got through laughin',
'that if I was to send a boy up to the cashier he would either come down
or send me the key of the bank?'</p>
<p>"We both turned aroun' as quick as lightnin', an' if there wasn't them two
lunertics in the seat behind us!</p>
<p>"It nearly took our breaths away to see them settin' there, staring at us
with their thimble eyes, an' a-wearin' their little straw hats, both
alike.</p>
<p>"'How on the livin' earth did you two got here?' says I, as soon as I
could speak.</p>
<p>"'Oh, we come by the same way you come—by the tem-per-ary stairs,'
says Mrs. Jackson. 'We thought if it was too late to draw any money
to-night, it might be well to be on hand bright an' early in the mornin'.
An' so we follered you two, as close as we could, because we knew you
could take us right to the very bank doors, an' we didn't know the way
ourselves, not never havin' had no occasion to attend to nothin' of this
kind before.'</p>
<p>"Jone an' I looked at each other, but we didn't speak for a minute.</p>
<p>"'Then,' says I, 'here's a pretty kittle o' fish.'</p>
<p>"'I should kinder say so,' says Jone. 'We've got these here two lunertics
on our hands, sure enough, for there ain't no train back to Pokus tonight,
an' I wouldn't go back with 'em if there was. We must keep an eye on 'em
till we can see the doctor to-morrow.'</p>
<p>"'I suppose we must,' said I, 'but this don't seem as much like a
bridal-trip as it did a while ago.'</p>
<p>"'You're right there,' says Jone.</p>
<p>"When the conductor came along we had to pay the fare of them two
lunertics, besides our own, for neither of 'em had a cent about 'em. When
we got to town we went to a smallish hotel, near the ferry, where Jone
knowed the man who kep' it, who wouldn't bother about none of us havin' a
scrap of baggage, knowin' he'd get his money all the same, out of either
Jone or his father. The General an' his sister looked a kind o' funny in
their little straw hats an' green carpet-slippers, an' the clerk didn't
know whether he hadn't forgot how to read writin' when the big man put
down the names of General Tom Thumb and Mrs. ex-President Andrew Jackson,
which he wasn't ex-President anyway, bein' dead; but Jone he whispered
they was travelin' under nommys dess plummys (I told him to say that), an'
he would fix it all right in the mornin'. An' then we got some supper,
which it took them two lunertics a long time to eat, for they was all the
time forgettin' what particular kind o' business they was about, an' then
we was showed to our rooms. They had two rooms right across the hall from
ours. We hadn't been inside our room five minutes before Mrs. General
Jackson come a-knockin' at the door.</p>
<p>"'Look a-here,' she says to me, 'there's a unforeseen contingency in my
room. An' it smells.'</p>
<p>"So I went right in, an' sure enough it did smell, for she had turned on
all the gases, besides the one that was lighted.</p>
<p>"'What did you do that for?' says I, a-turnin' them off as fast as I
could.</p>
<p>"'I'd like to know what they're made for,' says she, 'if they isn't to be
turned on.'</p>
<p>"When I told Jone about this he looked real serious, an' jus' then a
waiter came upstairs an' went into the big man's room. In a minute he come
out an' says to Jone an' me, a-grinnin':</p>
<p>"'We can't suit him no better in this house.'</p>
<p>"'What does he want?' asks Jone.</p>
<p>"'Why, he wants a smaller bed,' says the waiter. 'He says he can't sleep
in a bed as big as that, an' we haven't none smaller in this house, which
he couldn't get into if we had, in my opinion,' says he.</p>
<p>"'All right,' says Jone. 'Jus' you go downstairs, an' I'll fix him.' So
the man goes off, still a-grinnin'. 'I tell you what it is,' says Jone,
'it wont do to let them two lunertics have rooms to themselves. They'll
set this house afire or turn it upside down in the middle of the night, if
they has. There's nuthin' to be done but for you to sleep with the woman
an' for me to sleep with the man, an' to keep 'em from cuttin' up till
mornin'.'</p>
<p>"So Jone he went into the room where General Tom Thumb was a-settin' with
his hat on, a-lookin' doleful at the bed, an' says he:</p>
<p>"'What's the matter with the bed?'</p>
<p>"'Oh, it's too large entirely,' says the General. 'It wouldn't do for me
to sleep in a bed like that. It would ruin my character as a genuine
Thumb.'</p>
<p>"'Well,' says Jone, 'it's nearly two times too big for you, but if you an'
me was both to sleep in it, it would be about right, wouldn't it?'</p>
<p>"'Oh yes,' says the General. An' he takes off his hat, an' Jone says
good-night to me an' shuts the door. Our room was better than Mrs. General
Jackson's, so I takes her in there, an' the fust thing she does is to turn
on all the gases.</p>
<p>"'Stop that!' I hollers. 'If you do that again,—I'll—I'll
break the United States Bank tomorrow!'</p>
<p>"'How'll you do that?' says she.</p>
<p>"'I'll draw out all my capital,' says I.</p>
<p>"'I hope really you wont,' says she, 'till I've been there,' an' she leans
out of the open winder to look into the street, but while she was
a-lookin' out I see her left hand a-creepin' up to the gas by the winder,
that wasn't lighted. I felt mad enough to take her by the feet an' pitch
her out, as you an the boarder," said Pomona, turning to me, "h'isted me
out of the canal-boat winder."</p>
<p>This, by the way, was the first intimation we had had that Pomona knew how
she came to fall out of that window.</p>
<p>"But I didn't do it," she continued, "for there wasn't no soft water
underneath for her to fall into. After we went to bed I kep' awake for a
long time, bein' afraid she'd get up in the night an' turn on all the
gases and smother me alive. But I fell asleep at last, an' when I woke up,
early in the mornin', the first thing I did was to feel for that lunertic.
But she was gone!"</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XVI. IN WHICH AN OLD FRIEND APPEARS AND THE BRIDAL TRIP TAKES A </h2>
<p>FRESH START.</p>
<p>"Gone?" cried Euphemia, who, with myself, had been listening most intently
to Pomona's story.</p>
<p>"Yes," continued Pomona, "she was gone. I give one jump out of bed and
felt the gases, but they was all right. But she was gone, an' her clothes
was gone. I dressed, as pale as death, I do expect, an' hurried to Jone's
room, an' he an' me an' the big man was all ready in no time to go an'
look for her. General Tom Thumb didn't seem very anxious, but we made him
hurry up an' come along with us. We couldn't afford to leave him nowheres.
The clerk down-stairs—a different one from the chap who was there
the night before—said that a middle-aged, elderly lady came down
about an hour before an' asked him to tell her the way to the United
States Bank, an' when he told her he didn't know of any such bank, she
jus' stared at him, an' wanted to know what he was put there for. So he
didn't have no more to say to her, an' she went out, an' he didn't take no
notice which way she went. We had the same opinion about him that Mrs.
Jackson had, but we didn't stop to tell him so. We hunted up an' down the
streets for an hour or more; we asked every policeman we met if he'd seen
her; we went to a police station; we did everything we could think of, but
no Mrs. Jackson turned up. Then we was so tired an' hungry that we went
into some place or other an' got our breakfast. When we started out ag'in,
we kep' on up one street an' down another, an' askin' everybody who looked
as if they had two grains of sense,—which most of 'em didn't look as
if they had mor'n one, an' that was in use to get 'em to where they was
goin.' At last, a little ways down a small street, we seed a crowd, an'
the minute we see it Jone an' me both said in our inside hearts: 'There
she is!' An' sure enough, when we got there, who should we see, with a
ring of street-loafers an' boys around her, but Mrs. Andrew Jackson, with
her little straw hat an' her green carpet-slippers, a-dancin' some kind of
a skippin' fandango, an' a-holdin' out her skirts with the tips of her
fingers. I was jus' agoin' to rush in an' grab her when a man walks quick
into the ring and touches her on the shoulder. The minute I seed him I
knowed him. It was our old boarder!"</p>
<p>"It was?" exclaimed Euphemia.</p>
<p>"Yes it was truly him, an' I didn't want him to see me there in such
company, an' he most likely knowin' I was on my bridal-trip, an' so I made
a dive at my bonnet to see if I had a vail on; an' findin' one, I hauled
it down.</p>
<p>"'Madam,' says the boarder, very respectful, to Mrs. Jackson, 'where do
you live? Can't I take you home?' 'No, sir,' says she, 'at least not now.
If you have a carriage, you may come for me after a while. I am waiting
for the Bank of the United States to open, an' until which time I must
support myself on the light fantastic toe,' an' then she tuk up her
skirts, an' begun to dance ag'in. But she didn't make mor'n two skips
before I rushed in, an' takin' her by the arm hauled her out o' the ring.
An' then up comes the big man with his face as red as fire. 'Look' here!'
says he to her, as if he was ready to eat her up. 'Did you draw every cent
of that money?' 'Not yet, not yet,' says she. 'You did, you purse-proud
cantalope,' says he. 'You know very well you did, an' now I'd like to know
where my ox-money is to come from.' But Jone an' me didn't intend to wait
for no sich talk as this, an' he tuk the man by the arm, and I tuk the old
woman, an' we jus' walked 'em off. The boarder he told the loafers to get
out an' go home, an' none of 'em follered us, for they know'd if they did
he'd a batted 'em over the head. But he comes up alongside o' me, as I was
a' walkin' behind with Mrs. Jackson, an' says he: 'How d'ye do, Pomona?' I
must say I felt as if I could slip in between two flagstones, but as I
couldn't get away, I said I was pretty well. 'I heared you was on your
bridal trip,' says he ag'in; 'is this it?' It was jus' like him to know
that, an' as there was no help for it, I said it was. 'Is that your
husband?' says he, pointin' to Jone. 'Yes,' says I. 'It was very good in
him to come along,' says he. 'Is these two your groomsman and bridesmaid?'
'No sir,' says I. 'They're crazy.' 'No wonder,' says he. 'It's enough to
drive 'em so, to see you two,' an' then he went ahead an' shook hands with
Jone, an' told him he'd know'd me a long time; but he didn't say nuthin'
about havin' histed me out of a winder, for which I was obliged to him.
An' then he come back to me an' says he, 'Good-mornin', I must go to the
office. I hope you'll have a good time for the rest of your trip. If you
happen to run short o' lunertics, jus' let me know, and I'll furnish you
with another pair.' 'All right,' says I; 'but you mustn't bring your
little girl along.'</p>
<p>"He kinder laughed at this, as we walked away, an' then he turned around
an' come back, and says he, 'Have you been to any the-ay-ters, or
anything, since you've been in town?' 'No,' says I, 'not one.' 'Well,'
says he, 'you ought to go. Which do you like best, the the-ay-ter, the
cir-cus, or wild-beasts?' I did really like the the-ay-ter best, havin'
thought of bein' a play-actor, as you know, but I considered I'd better
let that kind o' thing slide jus' now, as bein' a little too romantic,
right after the 'sylum, an' so I says, 'I've been once to a circus, an'
once to a wild-beast garden, an' I like 'em both. I hardly know which I
like best—the roarin' beasts, a-prancin' about in their cages, with
the smell of blood an' hay, an' the towerin' elephants; or the horses, an'
the music, an' the gauzy figgers at the circus, an' the splendid knights
in armor an' flashin' pennants, all on fiery steeds, a-plungin' ag'in the
sides of the ring, with their flags a-flyin' in the grand entry,' says I,
real excited with what I remembered about these shows.</p>
<p>"'Well,' says he, 'I don't wonder at your feelin's. An' now, here's two
tickets for to-night, which you an' your husband can have, if you like,
for I can't go. They're to a meetin' of the Hudson County Enter-mo-logical
Society, over to Hoboken, at eight o'clock.'</p>
<p>"'Over to Hoboken!' says I; 'that's a long way.'</p>
<p>"'Oh no, it isn't,' says he. 'An' it wont cost you a cent, but the ferry.
They couldn't have them shows in the city, for, if the creatures was to
get loose, there's no knowin' what might happen. So take 'em, an' have as
much fun as you can for the rest of your trip. Good-bye!' An' off he went.</p>
<p>"Well, we kep' straight on to the doctor's, an' glad we was when we got
there, an' mad he was when we lef' Mrs. Jackson an' the General on his
hands, for we wouldn't have no more to do with 'em, an' he couldn't help
undertaking' to see that they got back to the asylum. I thought at first
he wouldn't lift a finger to get us our trunk; but he cooled down after a
bit, an' said he hoped we'd try some different kind of institution for the
rest of our trip, which we said we thought we would.</p>
<p>"That afternoon we gawked around, a-lookin' at all the outside shows, for
Jone said he'd have to be pretty careful of his money now, an' he was glad
when I told him I had two free tickets in my pocket for a show in the
evenin.'</p>
<p>"As we was a-walkin' down to the ferry, after supper, says he:</p>
<p>"'Suppose you let me have a look at them tickets.'</p>
<p>"So I hands 'em to him. He reads one of 'em, and then he reads the other,
which he needn't 'a' done, for they was both alike, an' then he turns to
me, an' says he:</p>
<p>"'What kind of a man is your boarder-as-was?'</p>
<p>"It wasn't the easiest thing in the world to say jus' what he was, but I
give Jone the idea, in a general sort of way, that he was pretty lively.</p>
<p>"'So I should think,' says he. 'He's been tryin' a trick on us, and
sendin' us to the wrong place. It's rather late in the season for a show
of the kind, but the place we ought to go to is a potato-field.'</p>
<p>"'What on earth are you talkin' about?' says I, dumbfoundered.</p>
<p>"'Well,' says he, 'it's a trick he's been playin'. He thought a bridal
trip like ours ought to have some sort of a outlandish wind-up, an' so he
sent us to this place, which is a meetin' of chaps who are agoin' to talk
about insec's,—principally potato-bugs, I expec'—an' anything
stupider than that, I s'pose your boarder-as-was couldn't think of,
without havin' a good deal o' time to consider.'</p>
<p>"'It's jus' like him,' says I. 'Let's turn round and go back,' which we
did, prompt.</p>
<p>"We gave the tickets to a little boy who was sellin' papers, but I don't
believe he went.</p>
<p>"'Now then,' says Jone, after he'd been thinkin' awhile, 'there'll be no
more foolin' on this trip. I've blocked out the whole of the rest of it,
an' we'll wind up a sight better than that boarder-as-was has any idea of.
To-morrow we'll go to father's an' if the old gentleman has got any money
on the crops, which I expec' he has, by this time, I'll take up a part o'
my share, an' we'll have a trip to Washington, an' see the President, an'
Congress, an' the White House, an' the lamp always a-burnin' before the
Supreme Court, an'—'</p>
<p>"'Don't say no more, says I, 'it's splendid!'</p>
<p>"So, early the nex' day, we goes off jus' as fast as trains would take us
to his father's, an' we hadn't been there mor'n ten minutes, before Jone
found out he had been summoned on a jury.</p>
<p>"'When must you go?' says I, when he come, lookin' a kind o' pale, to tell
me this.</p>
<p>"'Right off,' says he. 'The court meets this mornin'. If I don't hurry up,
I'll have some of 'em after me. But I wouldn't cry about it. I don't
believe the case'll last more'n a day.'</p>
<p>"The old man harnessed up an' took Jone to the court-house, an' I went
too, for I might as well keep up the idea of a bridal-trip as not. I went
up into the gallery, and Jone, he was set among the other men in the
jury-box.</p>
<p>"The case was about a man named Brown, who married the half-sister of a
man named Adams, who afterward married Brown's mother, and sold Brown a
house he had got from Brown's grandfather, in trade for half a grist-mill,
which the other half of was owned by Adams's half-sister's first husband,
who left all his property to a soup society, in trust, till his son should
come of age, which he never did, but left a will which give his half of
the mill to Brown, and the suit was between Brown and Adams and Brown
again, and Adams's half-sister, who was divorced from Brown, and a man
named Ramsey, who had put up a new over-shot wheel to the grist-mill."</p>
<p>"Oh my!" exclaimed Euphemia. "How could you remember all that?"</p>
<p>"I heard it so often, I couldn't help remembering it," replied Pomona. And
she went on with her narrative.</p>
<p>"That case wasn't a easy one to understand, as you may see for yourselves,
and it didn't get finished that day. They argyed over it a full week. When
there wasn't no more witnesses to carve up, one lawyer made a speech, an'
he set that crooked case so straight, that you could see through it from
the over-shot wheel clean back to Brown's grandfather. Then another feller
made a speech, and he set the whole thing up another way. It was jus' as
clear, to look through, but it was another case altogether, no more like
the other one than a apple-pie is like a mug o' cider. An' then they both
took it up, an' they swung it around between them, till it was all twisted
an' knotted an' wound up, an' tangled, worse than a skein o' yarn in a
nest o' kittens, an' then they give it to the jury.</p>
<p>"Well, when them jurymen went out, there wasn't none of 'em, as Jone tole
me afterward, as knew whether is was Brown or Adams as was dead, or
whether the mill was to grind soup, or to be run by soup-power. Of course
they couldn't agree; three of 'em wanted to give a verdict for the boy
that died, two of 'em was for Brown's grandfather, an' the rest was
scattered, some goin' in for damages to the witnesses, who ought to get
somethin' for havin' their char-ac-ters ruined. Jone he jus' held back,
ready to jine the other eleven as soon as they'd agree. But they couldn't
do it, an' they was locked up three days and four nights. You'd better
believe I got pretty wild about it, but I come to court every day an'
waited an' waited, bringin' somethin' to eat in a baskit.</p>
<p>"One day, at dinner-time, I seed the judge astandin' at the court-room
door, a-wipin' his forrid with a handkerchief, an' I went up to him an'
said, 'Do you think, sir, they'll get through this thing soon?'</p>
<p>"'I can't say, indeed,' said he. 'Are you interested in the case?'</p>
<p>"'I should think I was,' said I, an' then I told him about Jone's bein' a
juryman, an' how we was on our bridal-trip.</p>
<p>"'You've got my sympathy, madam,' says he, 'but it's a difficult case to
decide, an' I don't wonder it takes a good while.'</p>
<p>"'Nor I nuther,' says I, 'an' my opinion about these things is, that if
you'd jus' have them lawyers shut up in another room, an' make 'em do
their talkin' to theirselves, the jury could keep their minds clear, and
settle the cases in no time.'</p>
<p>"'There's some sense in that, madam,' says he, an' then he went into court
ag'in.</p>
<p>"Jone never had no chance to jine in with the other fellers, for they
couldn't agree, an' they were all discharged, at last. So the whole thing
went for nuthin.</p>
<p>"When Jone come out, he looked like he'd been drawn through a pump-log,
an' he says to me, tired-like,</p>
<p>"'Has there been a frost?'</p>
<p>"'Yes,' says I, 'two of 'em.'</p>
<p>"'All right, then,' says he. 'I've had enough of bridal-trips, with their
dry falls, their lunatic asylums, and their jury-boxes. Let's go home and
settle down. We needn't be afraid, now that there's been a frost.'"</p>
<p>"Oh, why will you live in such a dreadful place?" cried Euphemia. "You
ought to go somewhere where you needn't be afraid of chills."</p>
<p>"That's jus' what I thought, ma'am," returned Pomona. "But Jone an' me got
a disease-map of this country an' we looked all over it careful, an'
wherever there wasn't chills there was somethin' that seemed a good deal
wuss to us. An' says Jone, 'If I'm to have anything the matter with me,
give me somethin' I'm used to. It don't do for a man o' my time o' life to
go changin' his diseases.'"</p>
<p>"So home we went. An' there we is now. An' as this is the end of the
bridal-trip story, I'll go an' take a look at the cow an' the chickens an'
the horse, if you don't mind."</p>
<p>Which we didn't,—and we gladly went with her over the estate.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XVII. IN WHICH WE TAKE A VACATION AND LOOK FOR DAVID DUTTON. </h2>
<p>It was about noon of a very fair July day, in the next summer, when
Euphemia and myself arrived at the little town where we were to take the
stage up into the mountains. We were off for a two weeks' vacation and our
minds were a good deal easier than when we went away before, and left
Pomona at the helm. We had enlarged the boundaries of Rudder Grange,
having purchased the house, with enough adjoining land to make quite a
respectable farm. Of course I could not attend to the manifold duties on
such a place, and my wife seldom had a happier thought than when she
proposed that we should invite Pomona and her husband to come and live
with us. Pomona was delighted, and Jonas was quite willing to run our
farm. So arrangements were made, and the young couple were established in
apartments in our back building, and went to work as if taking care of us
and our possessions was the ultimate object of their lives. Jonas was such
a steady fellow that we feared no trouble from tree-man or lightning
rodder during this absence.</p>
<p>Our destination was a country tavern on the stage-road, not far from the
point where the road crosses the ridge of the mountain-range, and about
sixteen miles from the town. We had heard of this tavern from a friend of
ours, who had spent a summer there. The surrounding country was lovely,
and the house was kept by a farmer, who was a good soul, and tried to make
his guests happy. These were generally passing farmers and wagoners, or
stage-passengers, stopping for a meal, but occasionally a person from the
cities, like our friend, came to spend a few weeks in the mountains.</p>
<p>So hither we came, for an out-of-the-world spot like this was just what we
wanted. When I took our places at the stage-office, I inquired for David
Dutton, the farmer tavern-keeper before mentioned, but the agent did not
know of him.</p>
<p>"However," said he, "the driver knows everybody on the road, and he'll set
you down at the house."</p>
<p>So, off we started, having paid for our tickets on the basis that we were
to ride about sixteen miles. We had seats on top, and the trip, although
slow,—for the road wound uphill steadily,—was a delightful
one. Our way lay, for the greater part of the time, through the woods, but
now and then we came to a farm, and a turn in the road often gave us
lovely views of the foot-hills and the valleys behind us.</p>
<p>But the driver did not know where Dutton's tavern was. This we found out
after we had started. Some persons might have thought it wiser to settle
this matter before starting, but I am not at all sure that it would have
been so. We were going to this tavern, and did not wish to go anywhere
else. If people did not know where it was, it would be well for us to go
and look for it. We knew the road that it was on, and the locality in
which it was to be found.</p>
<p>Still, it was somewhat strange that a stage-driver, passing along the road
every week-day,—one day one way, and the next the other way,—should
not know a public-house like Dutton's.</p>
<p>"If I remember rightly," I said, "the stage used to stop there for the
passengers to take supper."</p>
<p>"Well, then, it aint on this side o' the ridge," said the driver; "we stop
for supper, about a quarter of a mile on the other side, at Pete Lowry's.
Perhaps Dutton used to keep that place. Was it called the 'Ridge House'?"</p>
<p>I did not remember the name of the house, but I knew very well that it was
not on the other side of the ridge.</p>
<p>"Then," said the driver, "I'm sure I don't know where it is. But I've only
been on the road about a year, and your man may 'a' moved away afore I
come. But there aint no tavern this side the ridge, arter ye leave Delhi,
and, that's nowhere's nigh the ridge."</p>
<p>There were a couple of farmers who were sitting by the driver, and who had
listened with considerable interest to this conversation. Presently, one
of them turned around to me and said:</p>
<p>"Is it Dave Dutton ye're askin' about?"</p>
<p>"Yes," I replied, "that's his name."</p>
<p>"Well, I think he's dead," said he.</p>
<p>At this, I began to feel uneasy, and I could see that my wife shared my
trouble.</p>
<p>Then the other farmer spoke up.</p>
<p>"I don't believe he's dead, Hiram," said he to his companion "I heered of
him this spring. He's got a sheep-farm on the other side o' the mountain,
and he's a livin' there. That's what I heered, at any rate. But he don't
live on this road any more," he continued, turning to us. "He used to keep
tavern on this road, and the stages did used to stop fur supper—or
else dinner, I don't jist ree-collect which. But he don't keep tavern on
this road no more."</p>
<p>"Of course not," said his companion, "if he's a livin' over the mountain.
But I b'lieve he's dead."</p>
<p>I asked the other farmer if he knew how long it had been since Dutton had
left this part of the country.</p>
<p>"I don't know fur certain," he said, "but I know he was keeping tavern
here two year' ago, this fall, fur I came along here, myself, and stopped
there to git supper—or dinner, I don't jist ree-collect which."</p>
<p>It had been three years since our friend had boarded at Dutton's house.
There was no doubt that the man was not living at his old place now. My
wife and I now agreed that it was very foolish in us to come so far
without making more particular inquiries. But we had had an idea that a
man who had a place like Dutton's tavern would live there always.</p>
<p>"What are ye goin' to do?" asked the driver, very much interested, for it
was not every day that he had passengers who had lost their destination.
"Ye might go on to Lowry's. He takes boarders sometimes."</p>
<p>But Lowry's did not attract us. An ordinary country-tavern, where
stage-passengers took supper, was not what we came so far to find.</p>
<p>"Do you know where this house o' Dutton's is?" said the driver, to the man
who had once taken either dinner or supper there.</p>
<p>"Oh yes! I'd know the house well enough, if I saw it. It's the fust house
this side o' Lowry's."</p>
<p>"With a big pole in front of it?" asked the driver.</p>
<p>"Yes, there was a sign-pole in front of it."</p>
<p>"An a long porch?"</p>
<p>"Yes."</p>
<p>"Oh! well!" said the driver, settling himself in his seat. "I know all
about that house. That's a empty house. I didn't think you meant that
house. There's nobody lives there. An' yit, now I come to remember, I have
seen people about, too. I tell ye what ye better do. Since ye're so set on
staying on this side the ridge, ye better let me put ye down at Dan
Carson's place. That's jist about quarter of a mile from where Dutton used
to live. Dan's wife can tell ye all about the Duttons, an' about everybody
else, too, in this part o' the country, and if there aint nobody livin' at
the old tavern, ye can stay all night at Carson's, and I'll stop an' take
you back, to-morrow, when I come along."</p>
<p>We agreed to this plan, for there was nothing better to be done, and, late
in the afternoon, we were set down with our small trunk—for we were
traveling under light weight—at Dan Carson's door. The stage was
rather behind time, and the driver whipped up and left us to settle our
own affairs. He called back, however, that he would keep a good lookout
for us to-morrow.</p>
<p>Mrs. Carson soon made her appearance, and, very naturally, was somewhat
surprised to see visitors with their baggage standing on her little porch.
She was a plain, coarsely dressed woman, with an apron full of chips and
kindling wood, and a fine mind for detail, as we soon discovered.</p>
<p>"Jist so," said she, putting down the chips, and inviting us to seats on a
bench. "Dave Dutton's folks is all moved away. Dave has a good farm on the
other side o' the mountain, an' it never did pay him to keep that tavern,
'specially as he didn't sell liquor. When he went away, his son Al come
there to live with his wife, an' the old man left a good deal o' furniter
and things fur him, but Al's wife aint satisfied here, and, though they've
been here, off an' on, the house is shet up most o' the time. It's fur
sale an' to rent, both, ef anybody wants it. I'm sorry about you, too, fur
it was a nice tavern, when Dave kept it."</p>
<p>We admitted that we were also very sorry, and the kind-hearted woman
showed a great deal of sympathy.</p>
<p>"You might stay here, but we haint got no fit room where you two could
sleep."</p>
<p>At this, Euphemia and I looked very blank. "But you could go up to the
house and stay, jist as well as not," Mrs. Carson continued. "There's
plenty o' things there, an' I keep the key. For the matter o' that, ye
might take the house for as long as ye want to stay; Dave 'd be glad
enough to rent it; and, if the lady knows how to keep house, it wouldn't
be no trouble at all, jist for you two. We could let ye have all the
victuals ye'd want, cheap, and there's plenty o' wood there, cut, and
everything handy."</p>
<p>We looked at each other. We agreed. Here was a chance for a rare good
time. It might be better, perhaps, than anything we had expected.</p>
<p>The bargain was struck. Mrs. Carson, who seemed vested with all the
necessary powers of attorney, appeared to be perfectly satisfied with our
trustworthiness, and when I paid on the spot the small sum she thought
proper for two weeks' rent, she evidently considered she had done a very
good thing for Dave Dutton and herself.</p>
<p>"I'll jist put some bread, an' eggs, an' coffee, an' pork, an' things in a
basket, an' I'll have 'em took up fur ye, with yer trunk, an' I'll go with
ye an' take some milk. Here, Danny!" she cried, and directly her husband,
a long, thin, sun-burnt, sandy-headed man, appeared, and to him she told,
in a few words, our story, and ordered him to hitch up the cart and be
ready to take our trunk and the basket up to Dutton's old house.</p>
<p>When all was ready, we walked up the hill, followed by Danny and the cart.
We found the house a large, low, old-fashioned farm-house, standing near
the road with a long piazza in front, and a magnificent view of
mountain-tops in the rear. Within, the lower rooms were large and low,
with quite a good deal of furniture in them. There was no earthly reason
why we should not be perfectly jolly and comfortable here. The more we
saw, the more delighted we were at the odd experience we were about to
have. Mrs. Carson busied herself in getting things in order for our supper
and general accommodation. She made Danny carry our trunk to a bedroom in
the second story, and then set him to work building a fire in a great
fire-place, with a crane for the kettle.</p>
<p>When she had done all she could, it was nearly dark, and after lighting a
couple of candles, she left us, to go home and get supper for her own
family.</p>
<p>As she and Danny were about to depart in the cart, she ran back to ask us
if we would like to borrow a dog.</p>
<p>"There aint nuthin to be afeard of," she said; "for nobody hardly ever
takes the trouble to lock the doors in these parts, but bein' city folks,
I thought ye might feel better if ye had a dog."</p>
<p>We made haste to tell her that we were not city folks, but declined the
dog. Indeed, Euphemia remarked that she would be much more afraid of a
strange dog than of robbers.</p>
<p>After supper, which we enjoyed as much as any meal we ever ate in our
lives, we each took a candle, and after arranging our bedroom for the
night, we explored the old house. There were lots of curious things
everywhere,—things that were apparently so "old timey," as my wife
remarked, that David Dutton did not care to take them with him to his new
farm, and so left them for his son, who probably cared for them even less
than his father did. There was a garret extending over the whole house,
and filled with old spinning-wheels, and strings of onions, and all sorts
of antiquated bric-a-brac, which was so fascinating to me that I could
scarcely tear myself away from it; but Euphemia, who was dreadfully afraid
that I would set the whole place on fire, at length prevailed on me to
come down.</p>
<p>We slept soundly that night, in what was probably the best bedroom of the
house, and awoke with a feeling that we were about to enter on a period of
some uncommon kind of jollity, which we found to be true when we went down
to get breakfast. I made the fire, Euphemia made the coffee, and Mrs.
Carson came with cream and some fresh eggs. The good woman was in high
spirits. She was evidently pleased at the idea of having neighbors,
temporary though they were, and it had probably been a long time since she
had had such a chance of selling milk, eggs and sundries. It was almost
the same as opening a country store. We bought groceries and everything of
her.</p>
<p>We had a glorious time that day. We were just starting out for a mountain
stroll when our stage-driver came along on his down trip.</p>
<p>"Hello!" he called out. "Want to go back this morning?"</p>
<p>"Not a bit of it," I cried. "We wont go back for a couple of weeks. We've
settled here for the present."</p>
<p>The man smiled. He didn't seem to understand it exactly, but he was
evidently glad to see us so well satisfied. If he had had time to stop and
have the matter explained to him, he would probably have been better
satisfied; but as it was, he waved his whip to us and drove on. He was a
good fellow.</p>
<p>We strolled all day, having locked up the house and taken our lunch with
us; and when we came back, it seemed really like coming home. Mrs. Carson
with whom we had left the key, had brought the milk and was making the
fire. This woman was too kind. We determined to try and repay her in some
way. After a splendid supper we went to bed happy.</p>
<p>The next day was a repetition of this one, but the day after it rained. So
we determined to enjoy the old tavern, and we rummaged about everywhere. I
visited the garret again, and we went to the old barn, with its mows half
full of hay, and had rare times climbing about there. We were delighted
that it happened to rain. In a wood-shed, near the house, I saw a big
square board with letters on it. I examined the board, and found it was a
sign,—a hanging sign,—and on it was painted in letters that
were yet quite plain:</p>
<p>"FARMERS'<br/>
AND<br/>
MECHANICS'<br/>
HOTEL."<br/></p>
<p>I called to Euphemia and told her that I had found the old tavern sign.
She came to look at it, and I pulled it out.</p>
<p>"Soldiers and sailors!" she exclaimed; "that's funny."</p>
<p>I looked over on her side of the sign, and, sure enough, there was the
inscription:</p>
<p>"SOLDIERS<br/>
AND<br/>
SAILORS'<br/>
HOUSE."<br/></p>
<p>"They must have bought this comprehensive sign in some town," I said.
"Such a name would never have been chosen for a country tavern like this.
But I wish they hadn't taken it down. The house would look more like what
it ought to be with its sign hanging before it."</p>
<p>"Well, then," said Euphemia, "let's put it up." I agreed instantly to this
proposition, and we went to look for a ladder. We found one in the
wagon-house, and carried it out to the sign-post in the front of the
house. It was raining, gently, during these performances, but we had on
our old clothes, and were so much interested in our work that we did not
care for a little rain. I carried the sign to the post, and then, at the
imminent risk of breaking my neck, I hung it on its appropriate hooks on
the transverse beam of the sign-post. Now our tavern was really what it
pretended to be. We gazed on the sign with admiration and content.</p>
<p>"Do you think we had better keep it up all the time?" I asked of my wife.</p>
<p>"Certainly," said she. "It's a part of the house. The place isn't complete
without it."</p>
<p>"But suppose some one should come along and want to be entertained?"</p>
<p>"But no one will. And if people do come, I'll take care of the soldiers
and sailors, if you will attend to the farmers and mechanics."</p>
<p>I consented to this, and we went in-doors to prepare dinner.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XVIII. OUR TAVERN. </h2>
<p>The next day was clear again, and we rambled in the woods until the sun
was nearly down, and so were late about supper. We were just taking our
seats at the table when we heard a footstep on the front porch. Instantly
the same thought came into each of our minds.</p>
<p>"I do believe," said Euphemia, "that's somebody who has mistaken this for
a tavern. I wonder whether it's a soldier or a farmer or a sailor; but you
had better go and see."</p>
<p>I went to see, prompted to move quickly by the new-comer pounding his cane
on the bare floor of the hall. I found him standing just inside of the
front door. He was a small man, with long hair and beard, and dressed in a
suit of clothes of a remarkable color,—something of the hue of faded
snuff. He had a big stick, and carried a large flat valise in one hand.</p>
<p>He bowed to me very politely.</p>
<p>"Can I stop here to-night?" he asked, taking off his hat, as my wife put
her head out of the kitchen-door.</p>
<p>"Why,—no, sir," I said. "This is not a tavern."</p>
<p>"Not a tavern!" he exclaimed. "I don't understand that. You have a sign
out."</p>
<p>"That is true," I said; "but that is only for fun, so to speak. We are
here temporarily, and we put up that sign just to please ourselves."</p>
<p>"That is pretty poor fun for me," said the man. "I am very tired, and more
hungry than tired. Couldn't you let me have a little supper at any rate?"</p>
<p>Euphemia glanced at me. I nodded.</p>
<p>"You are welcome to some supper," she said, "Come in! We eat in the
kitchen because it is more convenient, and because it is so much more
cheerful than the dining-room. There is a pump out there, and here is a
towel, if you would like to wash your hands."</p>
<p>As the man went out the back door I complimented my wife. She was really
an admirable hostess.</p>
<p>The individual in faded snuff-color was certainly hungry, and he seemed to
enjoy his supper. During the meal he gave us some account of himself. He
was an artist and had traveled, mostly on foot it would appear, over a
great part of the country. He had in his valise some very pretty little
colored sketches of scenes in Mexico and California, which he showed us
after supper. Why he carried these pictures—which were done on stiff
paper—about with him I do not know. He said he did not care to sell
them, as he might use them for studies for larger pictures some day. His
valise, which he opened wide on the table, seemed to be filled with
papers, drawings, and matters of that kind. I suppose he preferred to wear
his clothes, instead of carrying them about in his valise.</p>
<p>After sitting for about half an hour after supper, he rose, with an
uncertain sort of smile, and said he supposed he must be moving on,—asking,
at the same time, how far it was to the tavern over the ridge.</p>
<p>"Just wait one moment, if you please," said Euphemia. And she beckoned me
out of the room.</p>
<p>"Don't you think," said she, "that we could keep him all night? There's no
moon, and it would be a fearful dark walk, I know, to the other side of
the mountain. There is a room upstairs that I can fix for him in ten
minutes, and I know he's honest."</p>
<p>"How do you know it?" I asked.</p>
<p>"Well, because he wears such curious-colored clothes. No criminal would
ever wear such clothes. He could never pass unnoticed anywhere; and being
probably the only person in the world who dressed that way, he could
always be detected."</p>
<p>"You are doubtless correct," I replied. "Let us keep him."</p>
<p>When we told the good man that he could stay all night, he was extremely
obliged to us, and went to bed quite early. After we had fastened the
house and had gone to our room, my wife said to me,</p>
<p>"Where is your pistol?"</p>
<p>I produced it.</p>
<p>"Well," said she, "I think you ought to have it where you can get at it."</p>
<p>"Why so?" I asked. "You generally want me to keep it out of sight and
reach."</p>
<p>"Yes; but when there is a strange man in the house we ought to take extra
precautions."</p>
<p>"But this man you say is honest," I replied. "If he committed a crime he
could not escape,—his appearance is so peculiar."</p>
<p>"But that wouldn't do us any good, if we were both murdered," said
Euphemia, pulling a chair up to my side of the bed, and laying the pistol
carefully thereon, with the muzzle toward the bed.</p>
<p>We were not murdered, and we had a very pleasant breakfast with the
artist, who told us more anecdotes of his life in Mexico and other places.
When, after breakfast, he shut up his valise, preparatory to starting
away, we felt really sorry. When he was ready to go, he asked for his
bill.</p>
<p>"Oh! There is no bill," I exclaimed. "We have no idea of charging you
anything. We don't really keep a hotel, as I told you."</p>
<p>"If I had known that," said he, looking very grave, "I would not have
stayed. There is no reason why you should give me food and lodgings, and I
would not, and did not, ask it. I am able to pay for such things, and I
wish to do so."</p>
<p>We argued with him for some time, speaking of the habits of country people
and so on, but he would not be convinced. He had asked for accommodation
expecting to pay for it, and would not be content until he had done so.</p>
<p>"Well," said Euphemia, "we are not keeping this house for profit, and you
can't force us to make anything out of you. If you will be satisfied to
pay us just what it cost us to entertain you, I suppose we shall have to
let you do that. Take a seat for a minute, and I will make out your bill."</p>
<p>So the artist and I sat down and talked of various matters, while my wife
got out her traveling stationery-box, and sat down to the dining-table to
make out the bill. After a long, long time, as it appeared to me, I said:</p>
<p>"My dear, if the amount of that bill is at all proportioned to the length
of time it takes to make it out, I think our friend here will wish he had
never said anything about it."</p>
<p>"It's nearly done," said she, without raising her head, and, in about ten
or fifteen minutes more, she rose and presented the bill to our guest. As
I noticed that he seemed somewhat surprised at it, I asked him to let me
look over it with him. The bill, of which I have a copy, read as follows:</p>
<p>July 12th, 187- ARTIST,</p>
<p>To the S. and S. Hotel and F. and M. House.<br/>
<br/>
To 1/3 one supper, July 11th, which supper consisted of:<br/>
<br/>
1/14 lb. coffee, at 35 cts. 2 cts.<br/>
<br/>
" " sugar, " 14 " 1 "<br/>
<br/>
1/6 qt. milk, " 6 " 1 "<br/>
<br/>
1/2 loaf bread " 6 " 3 "<br/>
<br/>
1/8 lb. butter " 25 " 3 1/8 "<br/>
<br/>
1/2 " bacon " 25 " 12 1/2 "<br/>
<br/>
1/16 pk. potatoes at 60 cts. per bush 15/16 "<br/>
<br/>
1/2 pt. hominy at 6 cts 3 "<br/>
————<br/>
27 1/16<br/>
<br/>
1/3 of total 09 1/48 cts.<br/>
<br/>
To 1/3 one breakfast, July 12th (same as above, with exception of eggs<br/>
instead of bacon, and with hominy omitted),<br/>
————<br/>
24 1/6<br/>
<br/>
1/3 total 08 1/48 "<br/>
<br/>
To rent of one room and furniture, for one night, in furnished house of<br/>
fifteen rooms at $6.00 per week for whole house 05 3/8 "<br/>
——————<br/>
Amount due 22 17/24 cts.<br/></p>
<p>The worthy artist burst out laughing when he read this bill, and so did I.</p>
<p>"You needn't laugh," said Euphemia, reddening a little. "That is exactly
what your entertainment cost, and we do not intend to take a cent more. We
get things here in such small quantities that I can tell quite easily what
a meal costs us, and I have calculated that bill very carefully."</p>
<p>"So I should think, madam," said the artist, "but it is not quite right.
You have charged nothing for your trouble and services."</p>
<p>"No," said my wife, "for I took no additional trouble to get your meals.
What I did, I should have done if you had not come. To be sure I did spend
a few minutes preparing your room. I will charge you seven twenty-fourths
of a cent for that, thus making your bill twenty-three cents—even
money."</p>
<p>"I cannot gainsay reasoning like yours, madam," he said, and he took a
quarter from a very fat old pocket-book, and handed it to her. She gravely
gave him two cents change, and then taking the bill, receipted it, and
handed it back to him.</p>
<p>We were sorry to part with our guest, for he was evidently a good fellow.
I walked with him a little way up the road, and got him to let me copy his
bill in my memorandum-book. The original, he said, he would always keep.</p>
<p>A day or two after the artist's departure, we were standing on the front
piazza. We had had a late breakfast—consequent upon a long tramp the
day before—and had come out to see what sort of a day it was likely
to be. We had hardly made up our minds on the subject when the morning
stage came up at full speed and stopped at our gate.</p>
<p>"Hello!" cried the driver. He was not our driver. He was a tall man in
high boots, and had a great reputation as a manager of horses—so
Danny Carson told me afterward. There were two drivers on the line, and
each of them made one trip a day, going up one day in the afternoon, and
down the next day in the morning.</p>
<p>I went out to see what this driver wanted.</p>
<p>"Can't you give my passengers breakfast?" he asked.</p>
<p>"Why, no!" I exclaimed, looking at the stage loaded inside and out. "This
isn't a tavern. We couldn't get breakfast for a stage-load of people."</p>
<p>"What have you got a sign up fur, then?" roared the driver, getting red in
the face.</p>
<p>"That's so," cried two or three men from the top of the stage. "If it aint
a tavern, what's that sign doin' there?"</p>
<p>I saw I must do something. I stepped up close to the stage and looked in
and up.</p>
<p>"Are there any sailors in this stage?" I said. There was no response. "Any
soldiers? Any farmers or mechanics?"</p>
<p>At the latter question I trembled, but fortunately no one answered.</p>
<p>"Then," said I, "you have no right to ask to be accommodated; for, as you
may see from the sign, our house is only for soldiers, sailors, farmers,
and mechanics."</p>
<p>"And besides," cried Euphemia from the piazza, "we haven't anything to
give you for breakfast."</p>
<p>The people in and on the stage grumbled a good deal at this, and looked as
if they were both disappointed and hungry, while the driver ripped out an
oath, which, had he thrown it across a creek, would soon have made a
good-sized millpond.</p>
<p>He gathered up his reins and turned a sinister look on me.</p>
<p>"I'll be even with you, yit," he cried as he dashed off.</p>
<p>In the afternoon Mrs. Carson came up and told us that the stage had
stopped there, and that she had managed to give the passengers some
coffee, bread and butter and ham and eggs, though they had had to wait
their turns for cups and plates. It appeared that the driver had quarreled
with the Lowry people that morning because the breakfast was behindhand
and he was kept waiting. So he told his passengers that there was another
tavern, a few miles down the road, and that he would take them there to
breakfast.</p>
<p>"He's an awful ugly man, that he is," said Mrs. Carson, "an' he'd better
'a' stayed at Lowry's, fur he had to wait a good sight longer, after all,
as it turned out. But he's dreadful mad at you, an' says he'll bring ye
farmers, an' soldiers, and sailors, an' mechanics, if that's what ye want.
I 'spect he'll do his best to git a load of them particular people an'
drop 'em at yer door. I'd take down that sign, ef I was you. Not that me
an' Danny minds, fur we're glad to git a stage to feed, an' ef you've any
single man that wants lodgin' we've fixed up a room and kin keep him
overnight."</p>
<p>Notwithstanding this warning, Euphemia and I decided not to take in our
sign. We were not to be frightened by a stage-driver. The next day our own
driver passed us on the road as he was going down.</p>
<p>"So ye're pertickler about the people ye take in, are ye?" said he,
smiling. "That's all right, but ye made Bill awful mad."</p>
<p>It was quite late on a Monday afternoon that Bill stopped at our house
again. He did not call out this time. He simply drew up, and a man with a
big black valise clambered down from the top of the stage. Then Bill
shouted to me as I walked down to the gate, looking rather angry I
suppose:</p>
<p>"I was agoin' to git ye a whole stage-load, to stay all night, but that
one'll do ye, I reckon. Ha, ha!" And off he went, probably fearing that I
would throw his passenger up on the top of the stage again.</p>
<p>The new-comer entered the gate. He was a dark man, with black hair and
black whiskers and mustache, and black eyes. He wore clothes that had been
black, but which were now toned down by a good deal of dust, and, as I
have said, he carried a black valise.</p>
<p>"Why did you stop here?" said I, rather inhospitably. "Don't you know that
we do not accommodate—"</p>
<p>"Yes, I know," he said, walking up on the piazza and setting down his
valise, "that you only take soldiers, sailors, farmers, and mechanics at
this house. I have been told all about it, and if I had not thoroughly
understood the matter I should not have thought of such a thing as
stopping here. If you will sit down for a few moments I will explain."
Saying this, he took a seat on a bench by the door, but Euphemia and I
continued to stand.</p>
<p>"I am," he continued, "a soldier, a sailor, a farmer, and a mechanic. Do
not doubt my word; I will prove it to you in two minutes. When but
seventeen years of age, circumstances compelled me to take charge of a
farm in New Hampshire, and I kept up that farm until I was twenty-five.
During this time I built several barns, wagon-houses, and edifices of the
sort on my place, and, becoming expert in this branch of mechanical art, I
was much sought after by the neighboring farmers, who employed me to do
similar work for them. In time I found this new business so profitable
that I gave up farming altogether. But certain unfortunate speculations
threw me on my back, and finally, having gone from bad to worse, I found
myself in Boston, where, in sheer desperation, I went on board a coasting
vessel as landsman. I remained on this vessel for nearly a year, but it
did not suit me. I was often sick, and did not like the work. I left the
vessel at one of the Southern ports, and it was not long after she sailed
that, finding myself utterly without means, I enlisted as a soldier. I
remained in the army for some years, and was finally honorably discharged.
So you see that what I said was true. I belong to each and all of these
businesses and professions. And now that I have satisfied you on this
point, let me show you a book for which I have the agency in this
country." He stooped down, opened his valise, and took out a good-sized
volume. "This book," said he, "is the 'Flora and Fauna of Carthage
County;' it is written by one of the first scientific men of the country,
and gives you a description, with an authentic wood-cut, of each of the
plants and animals of the county—indigenous or naturalized. Owing to
peculiar advantages enjoyed by our firm, we are enabled to put this book
at the very low price of three dollars and seventy-five cents. It is sold
by subscription only, and should be on the center-table in every parlor in
this county. If you will glance over this book, sir, you will find it as
interesting as a novel, and as useful as an encyclopaedia—"</p>
<p>"I don't want the book," I said, "and I don't care to look at it."</p>
<p>"But if you were to look at it you would want it, I'm sure."</p>
<p>"That's a good reason for not looking at it, then," I answered. "If you
came to get us to subscribe for that book we need not take up any more of
your time, for we shall not subscribe."</p>
<p>"Oh, I did not come for that alone," he said. "I shall stay here to-night
and start out in the morning to work up the neighborhood. If you would
like this book—and I'm sure you have only to look at it to do that—you
can deduct the amount of my bill from the subscription price, and—"</p>
<p>"What did you say you charged for this book?" asked Euphemia, stepping
forward and picking up the volume.</p>
<p>"Three seventy-five is the subscription price, ma'am, but that book is not
for sale. That is merely a sample. If you put your name down on my list
you will be served with your book in two weeks. As I told your husband, it
will come very cheap to you, because you can deduct what you charge me for
supper, lodging, and breakfast."</p>
<p>"Indeed!" said my wife, and then she remarked that she must go in the
house and get supper.</p>
<p>"When will supper be ready?" the man asked, as she passed him.</p>
<p>At first she did not answer him, but then she called back:</p>
<p>"In about half an hour."</p>
<p>"Good," said the man; "but I wish it was ready now. And now, sir, if you
would just glance over this book, while we are waiting for supper—"</p>
<p>I cut him very short and went out into the road. I walked up and down in
front of the house, in a bad humor. I could not bear to think of my wife
getting supper for this fellow, who was striding about on the piazza, as
if he was very hungry and very impatient. Just as I returned to the house,
the bell rang from within.</p>
<p>"Joyful sound!" said the man, and in he marched. I followed close behind
him. On one end of the table, in the kitchen, supper was set for one
person, and, as the man entered, Euphemia motioned him to the table. The
supper looked like a remarkably good one. A cup of coffee smoked by the
side of the plate; there was ham and eggs and a small omelette; there were
fried potatoes, some fresh radishes, a plate of hot biscuit, and some
preserves. The man's eyes sparkled.</p>
<p>"I am sorry," said he, "that I am to eat alone, for I hoped to have your
good company; but, if this plan suits you, it suits me," and he drew up a
chair.</p>
<p>"Stop!" said Euphemia, advancing between him and the table. "You are not
to eat that. This is a sample supper. If you order a supper like it, one
will be served to you in two weeks."</p>
<p>At this I burst into a roar of laughter; my wife stood pale and
determined, and the man drew back, looking first at one of us, and then at
the other.</p>
<p>"Am I to understand—?" he said.</p>
<p>"Yes," I interrupted, "you are. There is nothing more to be said on this
subject. You may go now. You came here to annoy us, knowing that we did
not entertain travelers, and now you see what you have made by it," and I
opened the door.</p>
<p>The man evidently thought that a reply was not necessary, and he walked
out without a word. Taking up his valise, which he had put in the hall, he
asked if there was any public-house near by.</p>
<p>"No," I said; "but there is a farm-house a short distance down the road,
where they will be glad to have you." And down the road he went to Mrs.
Carson's. I am sorry to say that he sold her a "Flora and Fauna" before he
went to bed that night.</p>
<p>We were much amused at the termination of this affair, and I became, if
possible, a still greater admirer of Euphemia's talents for management.
But we both agreed that it would not do to keep up the sign any longer. We
could not tell when the irate driver might not pounce down upon us with a
customer.</p>
<p>"But I hate to take it down," said Euphemia; "it looks so much like a
surrender."</p>
<p>"Do not trouble yourself," said I. "I have an idea."</p>
<p>The next morning I went down to Danny Carson's little shop,—he was a
wheelwright as well as a farmer,—and I got from him two pots of
paint—one black and one white—and some brushes. I took down
our sign, and painted out the old lettering, and, instead of it, I
painted, in bold and somewhat regular characters, new names for our
tavern.</p>
<p>On one side of the sign I painted:</p>
<p>"SOAP-MAKER'S<br/>
AND<br/>
BOOK-BINDER'S<br/>
HOTEL."<br/></p>
<p>And on the other side:</p>
<p>"UPHOLSTERERS'<br/>
AND<br/>
DENTISTS'<br/>
HOUSE."<br/></p>
<p>"Now then," I said, "I don't believe any of those people will be traveling
along the road while we are here, or, at any rate, they won't want to
stop."</p>
<p>We admired this sign very much, and sat on the piazza, that afternoon, to
see how it would strike Bill, as he passed by. It seemed to strike him
pretty hard, for he gazed with all his eyes at one side of it, as he
approached, and then, as he passed it, he actually pulled up to read the
other side.</p>
<p>"All right!" he called out, as he drove off. "All right! All right!"</p>
<p>Euphemia didn't like the way he said "all right." It seemed to her, she
said, as if he intended to do something which would be all right for him,
but not at all so for us. I saw she was nervous about it, for that evening
she began to ask me questions about the traveling propensities of
soap-makers, upholsterers, and dentists.</p>
<p>"Do not think anything more about that, my dear," I said. "I will take the
sign down in the morning. We are here to enjoy ourselves, and not to be
worried."</p>
<p>"And yet," said she, "it would worry me to think that that driver
frightened us into taking down the sign. I tell you what I wish you would
do. Paint out those names, and let me make a sign. Then I promise you I
will not be worried."</p>
<p>The next day, therefore, I took down the sign and painted out my
inscriptions. It was a good deal of trouble, for my letters were fresh,
but it was a rainy day, and I had plenty of time, and succeeded tolerably
well. Then I gave Euphemia the black-paint pot and the freedom of the
sign.</p>
<p>I went down to the creek to try a little fishing in wet weather, and when
I returned the new sign was done. On one side it read:</p>
<p>FLIES'<br/>
AND<br/>
WASPS'<br/>
HOTEL.<br/></p>
<p>On the other:</p>
<p>HUNDRED-LEGGERS'<br/>
AND<br/>
RED-ANTS'<br/>
HOUSE.<br/></p>
<p>"You see," said euphemia, "if any individuals mentioned thereon apply for
accommodation, we can say we are full."</p>
<p>This sign hung triumphantly for several days, when one morning, just as we
had finished breakfast, we were surprised to hear the stage stop at the
door, and before we could go out to see who had arrived, into the room
came our own stage-driver, as we used to call him. He had actually left
his team to come and see us.</p>
<p>"I just thought I'd stop an' tell ye," said he, "that ef ye don't look
out, Bill'll get ye inter trouble. He's bound to git the best o' ye, an' I
heared this mornin', at Lowry's, that he's agoin' to bring the county
clerk up here to-morrow, to see about yer license fur keepin' a hotel. He
says ye keep changin' yer signs, but that don't differ to him, for he kin
prove ye've kept travelers overnight, an' ef ye haven't got no license
he'll make the county clerk come down on ye heavy, I'm sure o' that, fur I
know Bill. An' so, I thought I'd stop an' tell ye."</p>
<p>I thanked him, and admitted that this was a rather serious view of the
case. Euphemia pondered a moment. Then said she:</p>
<p>"I don't see why we should stay here any longer. It's going to rain again,
and our vacation is up to-morrow, anyway. Could you wait a little while,
while we pack up?" she said to the driver.</p>
<p>"Oh yes!" he replied. "I kin wait, as well as not. I've only got one
passenger, an' he's on top, a-holdin' the horses. He aint in any hurry, I
know, an' I'm ahead o' time."</p>
<p>In less than twenty minutes we had packed our trunk, locked up the house,
and were in the stage, and, as we drove away, we cast a last admiring look
at Euphemia's sign, slowly swinging in the wind. I would much like to know
if it is swinging there yet. I feel certain there has been no lack of
custom.</p>
<p>We stopped at Mrs. Carson's, paid her what we owed her, and engaged her to
go up to the tavern and put things in order. She was very sorry we were
going, but hoped we would come back again some other summer. We said that
it was quite possible that we might do so; but that, next time, we did not
think we would try to have a tavern of our own.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XIX. THE BABY AT RUDDER GRANGE. </h2>
<p>For some reason, not altogether understood by me, there seemed to be a
continued series of new developments at our home. I had supposed, when the
events spoken of in the last chapter had settled down to their proper
places in our little history, that our life would flow on in an even,
commonplace way, with few or no incidents worthy of being recorded. But
this did not prove to be the case. After a time, the uniformity and quiet
of our existence was considerably disturbed.</p>
<p>This disturbance was caused by a baby, not a rude, imperious baby, but a
child who was generally of a quiet and orderly turn of mind. But it
disarranged all our plans; all our habits; all the ordinary disposition of
things.</p>
<p>It was in the summer-time, during my vacation, that it began to exert its
full influence upon us. A more unfortunate season could not have been
selected. At first, I may say that it did not exert its full influence
upon me. I was away, during the day, and, in the evening, its influence
was not exerted, to any great extent, upon anybody. As I have said, its
habits were exceedingly orderly. But, during my vacation, the things came
to pass which have made this chapter necessary.</p>
<p>I did not intend taking a trip. As in a former vacation, I proposed
staying at home and enjoying those delights of the country which my
business in town did not allow me to enjoy in the working weeks and months
of the year. I had no intention of camping out, or of doing anything of
that kind, but many were the trips, rides, and excursions I had planned.</p>
<p>I found, however, that if I enjoyed myself in this wise, I must do it, for
the most part, alone. It was not that Euphemia could not go with me—there
was really nothing to prevent—it was simply that she had lost, for
the time, her interest in everything except that baby.</p>
<p>She wanted me to be happy, to amuse myself, to take exercise, to do
whatever I thought was pleasant, but she, herself, was so much engrossed
with the child, that she was often ignorant of what I intended to do, or
had done. She thought she was listening to what I said to her, but, in
reality, she was occupied, mind and body, with the baby, or listening for
some sound which should indicate that she ought to go and be occupied with
it.</p>
<p>I would often say to her: "Why can't you let Pomona attend to it? You
surely need not give up your whole time and your whole mind to the child."</p>
<p>But she would always answer that Pomona had a great many things to do, and
that she couldn't, at all times, attend to the baby. Suppose, for
instance, that she should be at the barn.</p>
<p>I once suggested that a nurse should be procured, but at this she laughed.</p>
<p>"There is very little to do," she said, "and I really like to do it."</p>
<p>"Yes," said I, "but you spend so much of your time in thinking how glad
you will be to do that little, when it is to be done, that you can't give
me any attention, at all."</p>
<p>"Now you have no cause to say that," she exclaimed. "You know very well—,
there!" and away she ran. It had just begun to cry!</p>
<p>Naturally, I was getting tired of this. I could never begin a sentence and
feel sure that I would be allowed to finish it. Nothing was important
enough to delay attention to an infantile whimper.</p>
<p>Jonas, too, was in a state of unrest. He was obliged to wear his good
clothes, a great part of the time, for he was continually going on errands
to the village, and these errands were so important that they took
precedence of everything else. It gave me a melancholy sort of pleasure,
sometimes, to do Jonas's work when he was thus sent away.</p>
<p>I asked him, one day, how he liked it all?</p>
<p>"Well," said he, reflectively, "I can't say as I understand it, exactly.
It does seem queer to me that such a little thing should take up pretty
nigh all the time of three people. I suppose, after a while," this he said
with a grave smile, "that you may be wanting to turn in and help." I did
not make any answer to this, for Jonas was, at that moment, summoned to
the house, but it gave me an idea. In fact, it gave me two ideas.</p>
<p>The first was that Jonas's remark was not entirely respectful. He was my
hired man, but he was a very respectable man, and an American man, and
therefore might sometimes be expected to say things which a foreigner, not
known to be respectable, would not think of saying, if he wished to keep
his place. The fact that Jonas had always been very careful to treat me
with much civility, caused this remark to make more impression on me. I
felt that he had, in a measure, reason for it.</p>
<p>The other idea was one which grew and developed in my mind until I
afterward formed a plan upon it. I determined, however, before I carried
out my plan, to again try to reason with Euphemia.</p>
<p>"If it was our own baby," I said, "or even the child of one of us, by a
former marriage, it would be a different thing; but to give yourself up so
entirely to Pomona's baby, seems, to me, unreasonable. Indeed, I never
heard of any case exactly like it. It is reversing all the usages of
society for the mistress to take care of the servant's baby."</p>
<p>"The usages of society are not worth much, sometimes," said Euphemia, "and
you must remember that Pomona is a very different kind of a person from an
ordinary servant. She is much more like a member of the family—I
can't exactly explain what kind of a member, but I understand it myself.
She has very much improved since she has been married, and you know,
yourself, how quiet and—and, nice she is, and as for the baby, it's
just as good and pretty as any baby, and it may grow up to be better than
any of us. Some of our presidents have sprung from lowly parents."</p>
<p>"But this one is a girl," I said.</p>
<p>"Well then," replied Euphemia, "she may be a president's wife."</p>
<p>"Another thing," I remarked, "I don't believe Jonas and Pomona like your
keeping their baby so much to yourself."</p>
<p>"Nonsense!" said Euphemia, "a girl in Pomona's position couldn't help
being glad to have a lady take an interest in her baby, and help bring it
up. And as for Jonas, he would be a cruel man if he wasn't pleased and
grateful to have his wife relieved of so much trouble. Pomona! is that
you? You can bring it here, now, if you want to get at your
clear-starching."</p>
<p>I don't believe that Pomona hankered after clear-starching, but she
brought the baby and I went away. I could not see any hope ahead. Of
course, in time, it would grow up, but then it couldn't grow up during my
vacation.</p>
<p>Then it was that I determined to carry out my plan.</p>
<p>I went to the stable and harnessed the horse to the little carriage. Jonas
was not there, and I had fallen out of the habit of calling him. I drove
slowly through the yard and out of the gate. No one called to me or asked
where I was going. How different this was from the old times! Then, some
one would not have failed to know where I was going, and, in all
probability, she would have gone with me. But now I drove away, quietly
and undisturbed.</p>
<p>About three miles from our house was a settlement known as New Dublin. It
was a cluster of poor and doleful houses, inhabited entirely by Irish
people, whose dirt and poverty seemed to make them very contented and
happy. The men were generally away, at their work, during the day, but
there was never any difficulty in finding some one at home, no matter at
what house one called. I was acquainted with one of the matrons of this
locality, a Mrs. Duffy, who had occasionally undertaken some odd jobs at
our house, and to her I made a visit.</p>
<p>She was glad to see me, and wiped off a chair for me.</p>
<p>"Mrs. Duffy," said I, "I want to rent a baby."</p>
<p>At first, the good woman could not understand me, but when I made plain to
her that I wished for a short time, to obtain the exclusive use and
control of a baby, for which I was willing to pay a liberal rental, she
burst into long and violent laughter. It seemed to her like a person
coming into the country to purchase weeds. Weeds and children were so
abundant in New Dublin. But she gradually began to see that I was in
earnest, and as she knew I was a trusty person, and somewhat noted for the
care I took of my live stock, she was perfectly willing to accommodate me,
but feared she had nothing on hand of the age I desired.</p>
<p>"Me childther are all agoin' about," she said. "Ye kin see a poile uv 'em
out yon, in the road, an' there's more uv 'em on the fince. But ye nade
have no fear about gittin' wan. There's sthacks of 'em in the place. I'll
jist run over to Mrs. Hogan's, wid ye. She's got sixteen or siventeen,
mostly small, for Hogan brought four or five wid him when he married her,
an' she'll be glad to rint wan uv 'em." So, throwing her apron over her
head, she accompanied me to Mrs. Hogan's.</p>
<p>That lady was washing, but she cheerfully stopped her work while Mrs.
Duffy took her to one side and explained my errand. Mrs. Hogan did not
appear to be able to understand why I wanted a baby-especially for so
limited a period,—but probably concluded that if I would take good
care of it and would pay well for it, the matter was my own affair, for
she soon came and said, that if I wanted a baby, I'd come to the right
place. Then she began to consider what one she would let me have. I
insisted on a young one—there was already a little baby at our
house, and the folks there would know how to manage it.</p>
<p>"Oh, ye want it fer coompany for the ither one, is that it?" said Mrs.
Hogan, a new light breaking in upon her. "An' that's a good plan, sure. It
must be dridful lownly in a house wid ownly wan baby. Now there's one—Polly—would
she do?"</p>
<p>"Why, she can run," I said. "I don't want one that can run."</p>
<p>"Oh, dear!" said Mrs. Hogan, with a sigh, "they all begin to run, very
airly. Now Polly isn't owld, at all, at all."</p>
<p>"I can see that," said I, "but I want one that you can put in a cradle—one
that will have to stay there, when you put it in."</p>
<p>It was plain that Mrs. Hogan's present stock did not contain exactly what
I wanted, and directly Mrs. Duffy exclaimed! "There's Mary McCann—an'
roight across the way!"</p>
<p>Mrs. Hogan said "Yis, sure," and we all went over to a little house,
opposite.</p>
<p>"Now, thin," said Mrs. Duffy, entering the house, and proudly drawing a
small coverlid from a little box-bed in a corner, "what do you think of
that?"</p>
<p>"Why, there are two of them," I exclaimed.</p>
<p>"To be sure," said Mrs. Duffy. "They're tweens. There's always two uv em,
when they're tweens. An' they're young enough."</p>
<p>"Yes," said I, doubtfully, "but I couldn't take both. Do you think their
mother would rent one of them?"</p>
<p>The women shook their heads. "Ye see, sir," said Mrs. Hogan, "Mary McCann
isn't here, bein' gone out to a wash, but she ownly has four or foive
childther, an' she aint much used to 'em yit, an' I kin spake fer her that
she'd niver siparate a pair o' tweens. When she gits a dozen hersilf, and
marries a widow jintleman wid a lot uv his own, she'll be glad enough to
be lettin' ye have yer pick, to take wan uv 'em fer coompany to yer own
baby, at foive dollars a week. Moind that."</p>
<p>I visited several houses after this, still in company with Mrs. Hogan and
Mrs. Duffy, and finally secured a youngish infant, who, having been left
motherless, had become what Mrs. Duffy called a "bottle-baby," and was in
charge of a neighboring aunt. It seemed strange that this child, so
eminently adapted to purposes of rental, was not offered to me, at first,
but I suppose the Irish ladies, who had the matter in charge, wanted to
benefit themselves, or some of their near friends, before giving the
general public of New Dublin a chance.</p>
<p>The child suited me very well, and I agreed to take it for as many days as
I might happen to want it, but to pay by the week, in advance. It was a
boy, with a suggestion of orange-red bloom all over its head, and what
looked, to me, like freckles on its cheeks; while its little nose turned
up, even more than those of babies generally turn—above a very long
upper lip. His eyes were blue and twinkling, and he had the very mouth
"fer a leetle poipe," as Mrs. Hogan admiringly remarked.</p>
<p>He was hastily prepared for his trip, and when I had arranged the
necessary business matters with his aunt, and had assured her that she
could come to see him whenever she liked, I got into the carriage, and
having spread the lap-robe over my knees, the baby, carefully wrapped in a
little shawl, was laid in my lap. Then his bottle, freshly filled, for he
might need a drink on the way, was tucked between the cushions on the seat
beside me, and taking the lines in my left hand, while I steadied my
charge with the other, I prepared to drive away.</p>
<p>"What's his name?" I asked.</p>
<p>"It's Pat," said his aunt, "afther his dad, who's away in the moines."</p>
<p>"But ye kin call him onything ye bike," Mrs. Duffy remarked, "fer he don't
ansther to his name yit."</p>
<p>"Pat will do very well," I said, as I bade the good women farewell, and
carefully guided the horse through the swarms of youngsters who had
gathered around the carriage.</p>
<p><SPAN name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"></SPAN></p>
<h2> CHAPTER XX. THE OTHER BABY AT RUDDER GRANGE. </h2>
<p>I drove slowly home, and little Pat lay very quiet, looking up steadily at
me with his twinkling blue eyes. For a time, everything went very well,
but happening to look up, I saw in the distance a carriage approaching. It
was an open barouche, and I knew it belonged to a family of our
acquaintance, in the village, and that it usually contained ladies.</p>
<p>Quick as thought, I rolled up Pat in his shawl and stuffed him under the
seat. Then rearranging the lap-robe over my knees, I drove on, trembling a
little, it is true.</p>
<p>As I supposed, the carriage contained ladies, and I knew them all. The
coachman instinctively drew up, as we approached. We always stopped and
spoke, on such occasions.</p>
<p>They asked me after my wife, apparently surprised to see me alone, and
made a number of pleasant observations, to all of which I replied with as
unconcerned and easy an air as I could assume. The ladies were in
excellent spirits, but in spite of this, there seemed to be an air of
repression about them, which I thought of when I drove on, but could not
account for, for little Pat never moved or whimpered, during the whole of
the interview.</p>
<p>But when I took him again in my lap, and happened to turn, as I arranged
the robe, I saw his bottle sticking up boldly by my side from between the
cushions. Then I did not wonder at the repression.</p>
<p>When I reached home, I drove directly to the barn. Fortunately, Jonas was
there. When I called him and handed little Pat to him I never saw a man
more utterly amazed. He stood, and held the child without a word. But when
I explained the whole affair to him, he comprehended it perfectly, and was
delighted. I think he was just as anxious for my plan to work as I was
myself, although he did not say so.</p>
<p>I was about to take the child into the house, when Jonas remarked that it
was barefooted.</p>
<p>"That won't do," I said. "It certainly had socks on, when I got it. I saw
them."</p>
<p>"Here they are," said Jonas, fishing them out from the shawl, "he's kicked
them off."</p>
<p>"Well, we must put them on," I said, "it won't do to take him in, that
way. You hold him."</p>
<p>So Jonas sat down on the feed-box, and carefully taking little Pat, he
held him horizontally, firmly pressed between his hands and knees, with
his feet stuck out toward me, while I knelt down before him and tried to
put on the little socks. But the socks were knit or worked very loosely,
and there seemed to be a good many small holes in them, so that Pat's
funny little toes, which he kept curling up and uncurling, were
continually making their appearance in unexpected places through the sock.
But, after a great deal of trouble, I got them both on, with the heels in
about the right places.</p>
<p>"Now they ought to be tied on," I said, "Where are his garters?"</p>
<p>"I don't believe babies have garters," said Jonas, doubtfully, "but I
could rig him up a pair."</p>
<p>"No," said I; "we wont take the time for that. I'll hold his legs apart,
as I carry him in. It's rubbing his feet together that gets them off."</p>
<p>As I passed the kitchen window, I saw Pomona at work. She looked at me,
dropped something, and I heard a crash. I don't know how much that crash
cost me. Jonas rushed in to tell Pomona about it, and in a moment I heard
a scream of laughter. At this, Euphemia appeared at an upper window, with
her hand raised and saying, severely: "Hush-h!" But the moment she saw me,
she disappeared from the window and came down-stairs on the run. She met
me, just as I entered the dining-room.</p>
<p>"What IN the world!" she breathlessly exclaimed.</p>
<p>"This," said I, taking Pat into a better position in my arms, "is my
baby."</p>
<p>"Your—baby!" said Euphemia. "Where did you get it? what are you
going to do with it?"</p>
<p>"I got it in New Dublin," I replied, "and I want it to amuse and occupy me
while I am at home. I haven't anything else to do, except things that take
me away from you."</p>
<p>"Oh!" said Euphemia.</p>
<p>At this moment, little Pat gave his first whimper. Perhaps he felt the
searching glance that fell upon him from the lady in the middle of the
room.</p>
<p>I immediately began to walk up and down the floor with him, and to sing to
him. I did not know any infant music, but I felt sure that a soothing tune
was the great requisite, and that the words were of small importance. So I
started on an old Methodist tune, which I remembered very well, and which
was used with the hymn containing the lines:</p>
<p>"Weak and wounded, sick and sore,"<br/></p>
<p>and I sang, as soothingly as I could:</p>
<p>"Lit-tle Pat-sy, Wat-sy, Sat-sy,<br/>
Does he feel a lit-ty bad?<br/>
Me will send and get his bot-tle<br/>
He sha'n't have to cry-wy-wy."<br/></p>
<p>"What an idiot!" said Euphemia, laughing in spite of her vexation.</p>
<p>"No, we aint no id-i-otses<br/>
What we want's a bot-ty mik."<br/></p>
<p>So I sang as I walked to the kitchen door, and sent Jonas to the barn for
the bottle.</p>
<p>Pomona was in spasms of laughter in the kitchen, and Euphemia was trying
her best not to laugh at all.</p>
<p>"Who's going to take care of it, I'd like to know?" she said, as soon as
she could get herself into a state of severe inquiry.</p>
<p>"Some-times me, and some-times Jonas,"<br/></p>
<p>I sang, still walking up and down the room with a long, slow step,
swinging the baby from side to side, very much as if it were grass-seed in
a sieve, and I were sowing it over the carpet.</p>
<p>When the bottle came, I took it, and began to feed little Pat. Perhaps the
presence of a critical and interested audience embarrassed us, for Jonas
and Pomona were at the door, with streaming eyes, while Euphemia stood
with her handkerchief to the lower part of her face, or it may have been
that I did not understand the management of bottles, but, at any rate, I
could not make the thing work, and the disappointed little Pat began to
cry, just as the whole of our audience burst into a wild roar of laughter.</p>
<p>"Here! Give me that child!" cried Euphemia, forcibly taking Pat and the
bottle from me. "You'll make it swallow the whole affair, and I'm sure its
mouth's big enough."</p>
<p>"You really don't think," she said, when we were alone, and little Pat,
with his upturned blue eyes serenely surveying the features of the good
lady who knew how to feed him, was placidly pulling away at his
india-rubber tube, "that I will consent to your keeping such a creature as
this in the house? Why, he's a regular little Paddy! If you kept him he'd
grow up into a hod-carrier."</p>
<p>"Good!" said I. "I never thought of that. What a novel thing it would be
to witness the gradual growth of a hod-carrier! I'll make him a little
hod, now, to begin with. He couldn't have a more suitable toy."</p>
<p>"I was talking in earnest," she said. "Take your baby, and please carry
him home as quick as you can, for I am certainly not going to take care of
him."</p>
<p>"Of course not," said I. "Now that I see how it's done, I'm going to do it
myself. Jonas will mix his feed and I will give it to him. He looks sleepy
now. Shall I take him upstairs and lay him on our bed?"</p>
<p>"No, indeed," cried Euphemia. "You can put him on a quilt on the floor,
until after luncheon, and then you must take him home."</p>
<p>I laid the young Milesian on the folded quilt which Euphemia prepared for
him, where he turned up his little pug nose to the ceiling and went
contentedly to sleep.</p>
<p>That afternoon I nailed four legs on a small packing-box and made a
bedstead for him. This, with a pillow in the bottom of it, was very
comfortable, and instead of taking him home, I borrowed, in the evening,
some baby night-clothes from Pomona, and set about preparing Pat for the
night.</p>
<p>This Euphemia would not allow, but silently taking him from me, she put
him to bed.</p>
<p>"To-morrow," she said, "you must positively take him away. I wont stand
it. And in our room, too."</p>
<p>"I didn't talk in that way about the baby you adopted," I said.</p>
<p>To this she made no answer, but went away to attend, as usual, to Pomona's
baby, while its mother washed the dishes.</p>
<p>That night little Pat woke up, several times, and made things unpleasant
by his wails. On the first two occasions, I got up and walked him about,
singing impromptu lines to the tune of "weak and wounded," but the third
time, Euphemia herself arose, and declaring that that doleful tune was a
great deal worse than the baby's crying, silenced him herself, and
arranging his couch more comfortably, he troubled us no more.</p>
<p>In the morning, when I beheld the little pad of orange fur in the box, my
heart almost misgave me, but as the day wore on, my courage rose again,
and I gave myself up, almost entirely, to my new charge, composing a vast
deal of blank verse, while walking him up and down the house.</p>
<p>Euphemia scolded and scolded, and said she would put on her hat and go for
the mother. But I told her the mother was dead, and that seemed to be an
obstacle. She took a good deal of care of the child, for she said she
would not see an innocent creature neglected, even if it was an incipient
hod-carrier, but she did not relax in the least in her attention to
Pomona's baby.</p>
<p>The next day was about the same, in regard to infantile incident, but, on
the day after, I began to tire of my new charge, and Pat, on his side,
seemed to be tired of me, for he turned from me when I went to take him
up, while he would hold out his hands to Euphemia, and grin delightedly
when she took him.</p>
<p>That morning I drove to the village and spent an hour or two there. On my
return I found Euphemia sitting in our room, with little Pat on her lap. I
was astonished at the change in the young rascal. He was dressed, from
head to foot, in a suit of clothes belonging to Pomona's baby; the glowing
fuzz on his head was brushed and made as smooth as possible, while his
little muslin sleeves were tied up with blue ribbon.</p>
<p>I stood speechless at the sight.</p>
<p>"Don't he look nice?" said Euphemia, standing him up on her knees. "It
shows what good clothes will do. I'm glad I helped Pomona make up so many.
He's getting ever so fond of me, ze itty Patsy, watsy! See how strong he
is! He can almost stand on his legs! Look how he laughs! He's just as
cunning as he can be. And oh! I was going to speak about that box. I
wouldn't have him sleep in that old packing-box. There are little wicker
cradles at the store—I saw them last week—they don't cost
much, and you could bring one up in the carriage. There's the other baby,
crying, and I don't know where Pomona is. Just you mind him a minute,
please!" and out she ran.</p>
<p>I looked out of the window. The horse still stood harnessed to the
carriage, as I had left him. I saw Pat's old shawl lying in a corner. I
seized it, and rolling him in it, new clothes and all, I hurried
down-stairs, climbed into the carriage, hastily disposed Pat in my lap,
and turned the horse. The demeanor of the youngster was very different
from what it was when I first took him in my lap to drive away with him.
There was no confiding twinkle in his eye, no contented munching of his
little fists. He gazed up at me with wild alarm, and as I drove out of the
gate, he burst forth into such a yell that Lord Edward came bounding
around the house to see what was the matter. Euphemia suddenly appeared at
an upper window and called out to me, but I did not hear what she said. I
whipped up the horse and we sped along to New Dublin. Pat soon stopped
crying, but he looked at me with a tear-stained and reproachful visage.</p>
<p>The good women of the settlement were surprised to see little Pat return
so soon.</p>
<p>"An' wasn't he good?" said Mrs. Hogan as she took him from my hands.</p>
<p>"Oh, yes!" I said. "He was as good as he could be. But I have no further
need of him."</p>
<p>I might have been called upon to explain this statement, had not the whole
party of women, who stood around burst into wild expressions of delight at
Pat's beautiful clothes.</p>
<p>"Oh! jist look at 'em!" cried Mrs. Duffy. "An' see thim leetle pittycoots,
thrimmed wid lace! Oh, an' it was good in ye, sir, to give him all thim,
an' pay the foive dollars, too."</p>
<p>"An' I'm glad he's back," said the fostering aunt, "for I was a coomin'
over to till ye that I've been hearin' from owle Pat, his dad, an' he's a
coomin' back from the moines, and I don't know what he'd a' said if he'd
found his leetle Pat was rinted. But if ye iver want to borry him, for a
whoile, after owle Pat's gone back, ye kin have him, rint-free; an' it's
much obloiged I am to ye, sir, fur dressin' him so foine."</p>
<p>I made no encouraging remarks as to future transactions in this line, and
drove slowly home.</p>
<p>Euphemia met me at the door. She had Pomona's baby in her arms. We walked
together into the parlor.</p>
<p>"And so you have given up the little fellow that you were going to do so
much for?" she said.</p>
<p>"Yes, I have given him up," I answered.</p>
<p>"It must have been a dreadful trial to you," she continued.</p>
<p>"Oh, dreadful!" I replied.</p>
<p>"I suppose you thought he would take up so much of your time and thoughts,
that we couldn't be to each other what we used to be, didn't you?" she
said.</p>
<p>"Not exactly," I replied. "I only thought that things promised to be twice
as bad as they were before."</p>
<p>She made no answer to this, but going to the back door of the parlor she
opened it and called Pomona. When that young woman appeared, Euphemia
stepped toward her and said: "Here, Pomona, take your baby."</p>
<p>They were simple words, but they were spoken in such a way that they meant
a good deal. Pomona knew what they meant. Her eyes sparkled, and as she
went out, I saw her hug her child to her breast, and cover it with kisses,
and then, through the window, I could see her running to the barn and
Jonas.</p>
<p>"Now, then," said Euphemia, closing the door and coming toward me, with
one of her old smiles, and not a trace of preoccupation about her, "I
suppose you expect me to devote myself to you."</p>
<p>I did expect it, and I was not mistaken.</p>
<p>Since these events, a third baby has come to Rudder Grange. It is not
Pomona's, nor was it brought from New Dublin. It is named after a little
one, who died very young, before this story was begun, and the strangest
thing about it is that never, for a moment, does it seem to come between
Euphemia and myself.</p>
<p><br/><br/><br/><br/></p>
<SPAN name="endofbook"></SPAN>
<div style="break-after:column;"></div><br />